artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,205 records of 158,205 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 157,001 – 158,000 of 158,205 | Next | Last

Smith Grace Cossington 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Stewart Janet Cumbrae 2 refs view full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Davies David 3 refs view full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Folingsby George 3 refs view full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Fox Emanuel Philliups 2 refs view full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Fuller Florence Ada 6 refs view full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Geach family numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Goldstein Vida numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Hall Lindsay Bernard 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Hambidge Alice 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Henry Alice 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Jenkins Constance 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Joel Grace 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Longstaff John 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Longstaff Will 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Loureiro Arthur 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
McCubbin Frederick numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Preston Margaret 2 refs see McPherson in indexview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Mackennal Bertram 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Mann G V F 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Meeson Dora 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Adams Josephine Muntz 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Power H Septimus 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Nicholas Hilda Rix 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Roberts Tom 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Roth Constance 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Rowan Ellis 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Dattilo-Rubbo Anthony 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Rubbo Anthony Dattilo 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Spong Hilda 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Streeton Arthur 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Sweatman Jo 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Taylor Florence 11 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Teague Violet 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Thomas Margaret 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Traill Jesse 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Tucker Tudor St George 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Vale May 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Victorian Artists Society many refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Victorian Artists Society many refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Waite J C 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Watkins J S 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Wilson Dora 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Withers Walter2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Portia Geach - Portrait of an Activist, by Julie Cotter. With notes, select bibliography, and index..
Portia Geach heralded the age of the modern Australian woman. Sophisticated, creative and a formidable advocate for women, she was equally championed for her campaigns and pummeled for interfering in the business of men.

At the age of 17 she began her studies at the National Gallery School in Melbourne, with Bernard Hall as her sponsor she became the first Australian woman admitted to the Royal Academy, entering the painting class in 1897. She embraced the vibrancy of London’s art scene and took night classes in stained glass for two years at the Central School of Arts and Crafts exhibiting a piece of painted glass at the Paris Exposition Universelle of 1900. She furthered her studies at Whistler’s Académie Carmen and the Académie Julian in Paris before returning to Australia in 1900.

Back in Melbourne, she established an Academy of Art in Collins Street, supported the suffrage campaign and eventually became a leader in the women’s movement. In addition to exhibiting with the Victorian Artists Society, solo exhibitions at Anthony Hordern’s in Sydney and the Athenaeum in Melbourne, extended periods in studios in New York, she fought for equal pay, access for women to political power and better standards of healthcare. She represented Australia at international women’s assemblies, famously led the potato boycott in 1929 in opposition to the ever-increasing prices and travelled extensively, encouraging women to follow in her footsteps.

This publication on the life and career of Portia Geach is a reengagement with her contribution to artistic practice, social equality and feminist politics in Australia during the early twentieth century. It establishes her contribution as a forerunner to the women's movement and affirm the contemporaneity of her views in both her practice and life choices.

This long overdue biography is by art historian Dr Julie Cotter who has written the books Portraits Destroyed and Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture.
Publishing details: Joyce Press, 2024, pb, 377pp, with index.
Mifsud Bette view full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for work illustrated on front and back covers.
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Baraki Bashir and Vince Dziekanview full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for for article by Jenny Zimmer
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Dziekan Vince and Bashir Barakiview full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for for article by Jenny Zimmer
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Photofileview full entry
Reference: Photofile, Spring, 1989 for for article by Jenny Zimmer
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Ref: 148
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for for article by Patrick ?Crogan
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Hutak Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for for article by Patrick ?Crogan
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Weary Geoffview full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for for two articles, p17-19
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Soloman and Bardwell photographers, view full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for article by Paul Fox p 32-3
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Chuck Thomas Foster photographer view full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for article by Paul Fox p 30-31
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Bardwell of Soloman and Bardwell photographers, view full entry
Reference: see Photofile, Spring, 1989 for article by Paul Fox p 32-3
Publishing details: Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Centre for Photography, Spring, 1989
Shifting Screenview full entry
Reference: Shifting Screens - Ida Jaros and Bette Mifsud
Publishing details: Blue Mountains City Art Galleryl, 2022 (?) exhibition invitation card
Ref: 148
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: see Shifting Screens - Ida Jaros and Bette Mifsud
Publishing details: Blue Mountains City Art Galleryl, 2022 (?) exhibition invitation card
Jaros Idaview full entry
Reference: see Shifting Screens - Ida Jaros and Bette Mifsud
Publishing details: Blue Mountains City Art Galleryl, 2022 (?) exhibition invitation card
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: Coming to Ground by Bette Mifsud, exhibition catalogue, 15 June - 28 August 2009, University of Western Sydney Art Gallery. With artist’s biograophy
Publishing details: University of Western Sydney Art Gallery, 2000, 8pp
Ref: 148
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: Spare Time, by Bette Mifsud, with biography and 34 works listed.
Publishing details: Bondi Pavillion Gallery, 2013, 4pp, with invitation card inserted.
Ref: 148
Fereday Susan view full entry
Reference: see Amore - Susan Fereday, Jeff Gibson, Rosemary Laing, curated by Sally Couacaud, essay ‘That’s Amore’ by Edward Colless, 13 November - 8 December, 1990. With biogfraphies
Publishing details: Sydney : Artspace, 1990. Exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, pp. [6], illustrated,
Gibson Jeff view full entry
Reference: see Amore - Susan Fereday, Jeff Gibson, Rosemary Laing, curated by Sally Couacaud, essay ‘That’s Amore’ by Edward Colless, 13 November - 8 December, 1990. With biogfraphies
Publishing details: Sydney : Artspace, 1990. Exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, pp. [6], illustrated,
Laing Rosemary view full entry
Reference: see Amore - Susan Fereday, Jeff Gibson, Rosemary Laing, curated by Sally Couacaud, essay ‘That’s Amore’ by Edward Colless, 13 November - 8 December, 1990. With biogfraphies
Publishing details: Sydney : Artspace, 1990. Exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, pp. [6], illustrated,
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: Mute - Bette Mifsud, Art Gallery of NSW exhivbition. 20 November, 1900 - 3 February, 1901, includes biography.
Publishing details: privately printed for Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1900, 4pp, with exhibition invite inserted.
Ref: 148
Laing Rosemary view full entry
Reference: Travels in Paradise - Rosemary Laing, Queensland Art Gallery exhibition, with biography, amd essay
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 1992, 6pp folding card
Ref: 148
Laing Rosemary view full entry
Reference: Rosemary Laing - from Paradise work. , , with biography, amd essay by Peter Hutchings.
Publishing details: Gertrude Street Gallery, 1991, 2pp.
Ref: 148
Jubelin Narelleview full entry
Reference: Narelle Jubelin - Second Glance (at ‘The Coming Man’) - Australia 1988-9, with essay
Publishing details: Mori Gallery, Sydney, 1988, and at Centre for the Arts Hobart, 1989, and at George Paton Gallery, Melbourne, 1989, 4pp
Ref: 148
Western Front - art is a social spaceview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Ref: 148
Benson Liamview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Caines Chrisview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Charuk Peter Eview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
ant miravview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
mirav ant view full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Ormella Raquelview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Penzer Brendanview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Ramos Melissaview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Smith Kamiview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Thi My Leview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Wei Guanview full entry
Reference: Western Front - art is a social space, exhibition at Blacktown Arts Centre, 9 June - 30 nJuly, 2005. Essays by Sophia Kouyoumdjian, Christopher Dean, John Cheeseman. Illustrated and with artists’ biographies
Publishing details: Blacktown Arts Centre, 2005, pb, 44pp
Cotton Oliveview full entry
Reference: brochure (DVD cover?) for Light Years, a film by Kathryn Millard. Illustrated and with synopsis of film
Publishing details: Ronin Films, 1991, folded card.
Ref: 148
Cotton Oliveview full entry
Reference: brochure (DVD cover?) for Light Years, a film by Kathryn Millard. Illustrated and with synopsis of film
Publishing details: Ronin Films, 1991, folded card.
Ref: 148
Cotton Oliveview full entry
Reference: Olive Cotton - Photographs 1924 - 1984, Australian Centre for Photographyt exhibition, (9 October 1985 – 3 November 1985). With checklist of 67 works, and biography, and essay
Publishing details: Centre for Photographyt exhibition, 1985, 6pp folding card,
inserted in Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis
Structures of necessityview full entry
Reference: Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Ref: 148
Barwell Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Brassil Joanview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Clark Allsonview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Coates Lizview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Cornish Christineview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Coventry Virginiaview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Ellis Nicoleview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Hucker Wendyview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Mackinnon Leahview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Parkin Rosemaryview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Scott Jillview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Sinn Maryroseview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Stocker Lauraview full entry
Reference: see Structures of necessity - exhibition at First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, an exhibition in two parts : 20 September-2 October 1988, 4 October-16 October 1988 Includes artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: First Draft Gallery, Chippendale, Sydney, 1988, pb, 36pp
Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyoview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Ref: 148
Coates Liz 1987 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Mantzaris Diane1987 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Lucas Noelene 1987 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Laurence Janet 1988 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Kleem Geoff 1988 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Hinderaker Mark 1988 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Weary Geoff 1988 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
McCamley Jennifer 1989 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Garofano Clinton 1989 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Petrusevics Andrew 1989 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Thirkell Paul 1989 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Mifsud Bette 1990 residentview full entry
Reference: Tokyo Connection - Australiabn Artists Studio in Tokyo, 1987-1990. 12 artists, with biographies, illustrations.and list of works in exhibition
Publishing details: Australian Exhibitions Touring Agency, 1990, pb, 56pp
Winkler Paulview full entry
Reference: Paul Winkler: films 1964-94 / with contributions from Martha Ansara ... [et al.] ; [catalogue editors, David Watson and Brian Doherty]. Catalogue of an exhibtion held at the Museum of Contemporary Art (MCA), 7 July - 10 September 1995.
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art, 1995, 72 p. : ill.
McCauley Jenniferview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Burchill Janetview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Thompson Ellenview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Young Johnview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Farrell Kateview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Roberts Caroleview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Lee Lindyview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Mifsud Betteview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Oechslin Retoview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Sheehan Kevinview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Thompson Brianview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Mills Catherineview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Cripps Peterview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Thomas Richardview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Moline Katherineview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Clark-Coolee Bronwynview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Donaldoson A D Sview full entry
Reference: see Various Artists Ltd - 1985-86 exhibitions, with essay by Rex Butler, 17 artists included in exhibition.
Publishing details: Potts Point, N.S.W. : Various Artists Ltd. (Publications), 1986.1986, 40pp approx, Limited ed. of 400 copies.
Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2006view full entry
Reference: Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2006. Judge: Julie Rrap, Foreword by John Walsh, Gallery Manager. 54 artists included (one photograph each, some illustrated). [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2006, pb, 16pp
Ref: 148
JUlrick osephione view full entry
Reference: see Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2006. Judge: Julie Rrap, Foreword by John Walsh, Gallery Manager. 54 artists included (one photograph each, some illustrated).
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2006, pb, 16pp
Schubert Win view full entry
Reference: see Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2006. Judge: Julie Rrap, Foreword by John Walsh, Gallery Manager. 54 artists included (one photograph each, some illustrated).
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2006, pb, 16pp
Photographt Award - Josephione Ulrick & Win Schuberview full entry
Reference: see Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2006. Judge: Julie Rrap, Foreword by John Walsh, Gallery Manager. 54 artists included (one photograph each, some illustrated).
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2006, pb, 16pp
Stephenson Davidview full entry
Reference: winner of Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2002
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2002
Ferran Anneview full entry
Reference: winner of Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2003
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2003
Fahd Cherineview full entry
Reference: winner of Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2004
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2004
Farrel & Parkinview full entry
Reference: winner of Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2004
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2004
Farrell Rose - George Parkin view full entry
Reference: winner of Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2004
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2004
Parkin George - Rose Farrell view full entry
Reference: winner of Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2004
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2004
Photographyview full entry
Reference: see Josephione Ulrick & Win Schubert Photography Award 2006. Judge: Julie Rrap, Foreword by John Walsh, Gallery Manager. 54 artists included (one photograph each, some illustrated).
Publishing details: Gold Coast Cirt Art Gallery, 2006, pb, 16pp
Jerems Carolview full entry
Reference: Carol Jerems - Living in the 70s. Smith & Singer are delighted to present a major solo exhibition of photographs by renowned Australian artist, Carol Jerrems. 
The digital catalogue for the forthcoming selling exhibition is now available to view online. 
The exhibition will be open to the public from 26 May – 21 June 2025, Monday to Saturday, 10 am – 5 pm at Smith & Singer, 33 Lansell Road, Toorak.
Carol Jerrems: Living in the 70s represents one of the most comprehensive and fully documented commercial exhibitions of the artist’s work ever held.
In November 2019 Smith & Singer achieved a world auction record for an Australian photograph when a version of Vale Street (1975) (cat. no. 5) realised $122,000.  This represented a significant milestone in the art market for Australian photography and also publicly recognised and acknowledged the enduring legacy of Carol Jerrems within the history and development of Australian art.  In April 2025, Smith & Singer again established a world auction record with another version of Vale Street achieving $275,000.
To enquire about the exhibition, please contact our specialists below.
Publishing details: Smith & Singer, 2025, 18 works, online at https://www.smithandsinger.com.au/catalogue/AUEX036
Ref: 1000
Edwards Sandyview full entry
Reference: Sandy Edwards - A backward glance at Australian dfeminism.
The Institute for Australian and Asian Arts and Culture is honoured to present this very compelling exhibition showcasing selected photographic works by Sandy Edwards, a key figure in Australian photography.  Emerging in the 1970s and 1980s, Sandy Edwards was instrumental in the feminist photography movement, using her documentary style to challenge traditional narratives, highlight issues of gender and identity, and question societal norms. Her work not only documents social conditions but also serves as a catalyst for dialogue and change, reflecting a profound commitment to feminist ideals.

About the Artist

Sandy Edwards is a prominent Australian photographer and curator renowned for her deeply personal approach to documentary photography, focusing on the portrayal of women and Aboriginal communities. After moving to Sydney from New Zealand in 1961, she received a BA in psychology from the University of Sydney in 1969 and later studied film at the Slade School of Fine Art in London from 1972 to 1973. Throughout the 1980s, she taught photography at Tin Sheds, the Sydney University Art Workshop.

In the 1970s and 1980s, Sandy emerged as a leading figure among progressive photographers dedicated to documenting social conditions with the intent to inspire change. Her work often draws from feminist ideals, critically examining media representations of women and exploring the portrayal of Aboriginal communities in Australia. Her sensitive and evocative photographs are taken with an intuitive response to feelings, people and place. She broadens the genre of portraiture to explore inter-relational themes such as trust, love and community.

Sandy was a founding member of the feminist photography collective "Blatant Image," established in 1979, alongside Helen Grace, Victoria Middleton, and Lyn Silverman. Together, they created photographic works that analysed and contrasted media representations of women.

Sandy has had many solo and group exhibitions in key Australian institutions, including the Art Gallery of New South Wales, the National Gallery of Australia, Queensland Art Gallery, Newcastle Art Gallery, as well as Sydney Writers Festival and Adelaide Festival. Her photographs are held in major collections such as the National Gallery of Australia, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Parliament House, and Monash Gallery of Art.

Beyond her photographic practice, Sandy has significantly contributed to the art community as a curator and mentor. She served as co-director and curator of Stills Gallery in Sydney from 1991 until its closure in 2017, one of Australia's foremost photographic galleries. In 2008, she founded Arthere, a new gallery model that provided services to photographers - consultation, mentoring, curating, exhibition production. Arthere has produced over 100 exhibitions.

Sandy's works continue to influence and inspire discussions around gender, identity, and community within the realm of documentary photography.

About the Exhibition

This exhibition features a selection of Sandy Edwards’ works from the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s, serving as a snapshot of Australian feminism. The works are divided into nine sections: Shop Window Models (1974–1976); Women on Television Screen (1960s and 1970s); Women and Advertising (1976); CSR Sugar Refinery Project (1978); Women Filmmakers Conference at Minto (1979); Friends’ Role Play (1976–1980); Photos of Sandy Edwards by Michael Snelling (1980s–1999); Take a Nap from A Narrative with Sexual Overtones (1983); and Murawina: Australian Women of High Achievement (1993).

Publishing details: University of Western Sydney, 2025, [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Makigawa Akio view full entry
Reference: Smith & Singer are delighted to present a major solo exhibition of sculptures by renowned Australian artist, Akio Makigawa. 
The digital catalogue for the forthcoming selling exhibition is now available to view online. 
The exhibition will be open to the public from 26 May – 21 June 2025, Monday to Saturday, 10 am – 5 pm at Smith & Singer, 33 Lansell Road, Toorak.
Akio Makigawa presents for the first time the maquettes that were executed for the majority of the artist’s most definitive monumental public sculptures, several of which were never realised.  The importance of these works remains particularly complex and multi-layered, for not only were they essential in translating an idea from a two-dimensional to three-dimensional state, they served as a daily reminder to Makigawa of his creative oeuvre and legacy, and provided inspiration for his future compositions.
Each maquette remained deeply personal, presiding in the artist’s home and never previously released for exhibition or sale.  The present exhibition therefore represents a unique occasion for audiences to engage, appreciate and understand the creative process and achievements of one of Australia’s most influential sculptors.
Publishing details: Smith & Singer, 2025 [catalogue details to be entred] online at https://www.smithandsinger.com.au/catalogue/AUEX037
Ref: 1000
Flight Cluade schoolview full entry
Reference: see Olympia Auctions UK,
Lot 63, CLAUDE FLIGHT (BRITISH 1881-1955) 
SPEED
signed CLAUDE FLIGHT upper left; numbered 11/50 lower left
linocut printed in cobalt blue, yellow ochre, vermilion and Prussian blue on buff oriental laid paper
22.5 cm by 30cm; 9 x 11 1/4 in (with margins)
50 x 55cm; 19 3/4 x 21 3/4in (framed)

Property from an English Private Collector

Literature
Claude Flight, Lino-cuts: A Hand-book of Linoleum-cut Colour Printing, London, 1927, illustrated on the frontispiece 
Stephen Coppel, Linocuts of the Machine Age, London, 1995, p. 74, illustration of another example from the same edition

London is itself a Futurist City! Look at this brilliant-hued motor buses, these enormous glaring posters
(Filippo Marinetti)

Printed in 1922,

(bid 5,000 GBP or more)
Auctioneer's estimate
12,000 GBP - 18,000 GBP
Additional fees apply 
36.00% Inc.VAT/sales tax


Flight was instrumental in the burgeoning interest in linocut printing after the First World War, and selected the present image to adorn the frontispiece of his first linocut textbook, Lino-cuts: A Hand-book of Linoleum-cut Colour Printing published in 1927 while teaching linocut classes at the Grosvenor School of Modern Art, London

Before the War Flight had attended Heatherley's School of Art, where he met his first wife. During the War he served in France as Captain in the Army Service Corps, there he purchased a neolithic chalk cave dug deep into the banks of the Seine near Paris (it subsequently became his regular summer retreat, to which he would invite his art students). In 1922 he married again, this time to Edith Lawrence, already an established artist who worked in various media, including linocuts. 

Encouraged by Lawrence, Flight began to explore the medium for himself, finding it a compelling format for illustrating contemporary subject matter. He argued that the linocut was the medium of choice because it came with no historical baggage, there were no restrictions on what it could represent and linoleum was readily available, simple to work and easy to print up. In short it was the modern medium for the modern age and very much of the moment, offering the potential to introduce contemporary art to the home or the flat of the ordinary person. 

In like manner, influenced by the Italian Futurists, Flight considered it the perfect way to capture the machine age and metropolitan life, expressing through his subject matter speed, dynamism and energy as in the present work. Flight noted: 'Traffic problems, transport problems; everybody is on the rush either for work or pleasure... the Painter cannot but be influenced by the restlessness of his surroundings' (The Original Colour Print Magazine, vol. 2, 1925). 

The course Flight taught on linocut printing at the Grosvenor School between 1926 and 1930 and subsequently at his French cave was eagerly attended, attracting many keen adherents who became masters of the medium. His students included the likes of British artists Cyril Power and Sybil Andrews, Australians Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme, New Zealander Frank Weitzel and Swiss artist Lill Tschudi, all of whom created a remarkable body of printed work, and are collectively known as the Grosvenor School of artists. 

Not surprisingly, Flight was a very popular teacher. Eveline Syme recalled: 'Sometimes in his classes it is hard to remember that he is teaching so complete is the camaraderie between him and his students. He treats them as fellow artists rather than pupils, discusses with them and suggests to them, never dictates or enforces. At the same time he is so full of enthusiasm for his subject, and his ideas are so clearly reasoned, that it is impossible for his students not to be influenced by him.' ('Claude Flight and his Teaching', The Recorder, no. 3, September 1929).

With his zeal for the medium, Flight promoted linocuts in a series of exhibitions he organised in the inter-War years, including eight annual British Linocut Exhibition shows at the Redfern Gallery (1929-31) and the Ward Gallery (1933-37). In collaboration with the Redfern Gallery, in the 1930s Flight and his students also arranged Linocut exhibitions as far afield as America, Canada, China and Australia.

Cluade Flight Schoolview full entry
Reference: see Olympia Auctions UK,
Lot 63, CLAUDE FLIGHT (BRITISH 1881-1955) 
SPEED
signed CLAUDE FLIGHT upper left; numbered 11/50 lower left
linocut printed in cobalt blue, yellow ochre, vermilion and Prussian blue on buff oriental laid paper
22.5 cm by 30cm; 9 x 11 1/4 in (with margins)
50 x 55cm; 19 3/4 x 21 3/4in (framed)

Property from an English Private Collector

Literature
Claude Flight, Lino-cuts: A Hand-book of Linoleum-cut Colour Printing, London, 1927, illustrated on the frontispiece 
Stephen Coppel, Linocuts of the Machine Age, London, 1995, p. 74, illustration of another example from the same edition

London is itself a Futurist City! Look at this brilliant-hued motor buses, these enormous glaring posters
(Filippo Marinetti)

Printed in 1922,

(bid 5,000 GBP or more)
Auctioneer's estimate
12,000 GBP - 18,000 GBP
Additional fees apply 
36.00% Inc.VAT/sales tax


Flight was instrumental in the burgeoning interest in linocut printing after the First World War, and selected the present image to adorn the frontispiece of his first linocut textbook, Lino-cuts: A Hand-book of Linoleum-cut Colour Printing published in 1927 while teaching linocut classes at the Grosvenor School of Modern Art, London

Before the War Flight had attended Heatherley's School of Art, where he met his first wife. During the War he served in France as Captain in the Army Service Corps, there he purchased a neolithic chalk cave dug deep into the banks of the Seine near Paris (it subsequently became his regular summer retreat, to which he would invite his art students). In 1922 he married again, this time to Edith Lawrence, already an established artist who worked in various media, including linocuts. 

Encouraged by Lawrence, Flight began to explore the medium for himself, finding it a compelling format for illustrating contemporary subject matter. He argued that the linocut was the medium of choice because it came with no historical baggage, there were no restrictions on what it could represent and linoleum was readily available, simple to work and easy to print up. In short it was the modern medium for the modern age and very much of the moment, offering the potential to introduce contemporary art to the home or the flat of the ordinary person. 

In like manner, influenced by the Italian Futurists, Flight considered it the perfect way to capture the machine age and metropolitan life, expressing through his subject matter speed, dynamism and energy as in the present work. Flight noted: 'Traffic problems, transport problems; everybody is on the rush either for work or pleasure... the Painter cannot but be influenced by the restlessness of his surroundings' (The Original Colour Print Magazine, vol. 2, 1925). 

The course Flight taught on linocut printing at the Grosvenor School between 1926 and 1930 and subsequently at his French cave was eagerly attended, attracting many keen adherents who became masters of the medium. His students included the likes of British artists Cyril Power and Sybil Andrews, Australians Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme, New Zealander Frank Weitzel and Swiss artist Lill Tschudi, all of whom created a remarkable body of printed work, and are collectively known as the Grosvenor School of artists. 

Not surprisingly, Flight was a very popular teacher. Eveline Syme recalled: 'Sometimes in his classes it is hard to remember that he is teaching so complete is the camaraderie between him and his students. He treats them as fellow artists rather than pupils, discusses with them and suggests to them, never dictates or enforces. At the same time he is so full of enthusiasm for his subject, and his ideas are so clearly reasoned, that it is impossible for his students not to be influenced by him.' ('Claude Flight and his Teaching', The Recorder, no. 3, September 1929).

With his zeal for the medium, Flight promoted linocuts in a series of exhibitions he organised in the inter-War years, including eight annual British Linocut Exhibition shows at the Redfern Gallery (1929-31) and the Ward Gallery (1933-37). In collaboration with the Redfern Gallery, in the 1930s Flight and his students also arranged Linocut exhibitions as far afield as America, Canada, China and Australia.

Menpes Mortimerview full entry
Reference: see Olympia Auctions, London UK, 11.6.25, 15 works. Lots 1-15

Harkness Andrée collectorview full entry
Reference: see Gibsons Australian & International Art
May 25, 2026, catalogue entry for lot 57:
CLARICE BECKETT (1887-1935)
End of the Garden circa 1929
oil on board
signed lower left: C Beckett
33.5 x 41cm

PROVENANCE
Realities Gallery, Melbourne, 1979
Works from the late Andrée Harkness Collection, Melbourne

EXHIBITED
Clarice Beckett: Retrospective Exhibition 1921-1935, Realities Gallery, Melbourne, 11 October - 1 November 1979, cat. no. 12
Clarice Beckett: Politically Incorrect, Ian Potter Museum of Art, University of Melbourne, Melbourne, 30 April - 13 June 1999
Modern Australian Women: Works from a Private Collection, The Ian Potter Centre: National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, October 2018 - March 2019

LITERATURE
Hollinrake, Rosalind & Beckett, Clarice, 1887-1935, Clarice Beckett, the artist and her circle, Macmillan Company of Australia, Melbourne, 1979, p.47 (illus.), pl. 13
Andrée Harkness, Modern Australian Women Artists: The Andrée Harkness Collection, Amaled Pty Ltd, Melbourne, 2020, p. 6 (illus.), p. 7, p.28 (a copy of this book accompanies this work)

CATALOGUE ESSAY
Important works of art from the collection of the late Andrée Harkness (Lots 57-75)

Andrée Harkness was a collector of great integrity and vision who assembled an impressive  collection of Australian art with pragmatic single-mindedness. She had a scientific background and studied to become a pharmacist, pausing her career to raise a family.  She possessed creative talents as an amateur photographer, winning local prizes for her photographs. In her 20s, she visited the garden of Vita Sackville-West, and spent much of her lifetime cultivating an encyclopedic knowledge of horticulture and garden design. Her success in designing an impressive garden of her own earned her several commissioned projects in the field. Initially, Andrée acquired postcards and prints of the masters she saw in exhibitions on her travels abroad. She seriously began collecting art in the late 1970s  when she saw the works of Clarice Beckett. From there, her collection evolved into a curated  selection of significant artworks by predominantly Australian women artists. Andrée  generously donated over 70 artworks by women artists to the National Gallery of Victoria. In her final years, the gallery celebrated her extensive collection with a standalone exhibition at the Ian Potter Centre, titled Modern Australian Women Artists, Works from a Private Collection. The following select artworks have remained in the family and are amongst  some of Andrée's most cherished acquisitions from over 40 years of collecting. 

Andrée first encountered Clarice Beckett's paintings in 1979 - a retrospective at Realities Gallery, Melbourne, curated by Rosalind Hollinrake, who revived the artist from the brink ofextinction. Andrée was immediately drawn to At the End of the Garden, circa 1929 - the locale and subject matter struck a chord of familiarity; minute details captured in fleeting expressive brushstrokes, such as the poise and attitude of a black chook. Beckett's transcendental scenes of daily life around Beaumaris and greater Melbourne are now highly prized and respected. She did not receive significant recognition for her work during her lifetime. Her journey, filled with hardship and suffering, resembled a harrowing tale by one of the Brontë sisters. Despite this, Beckett persisted with grit and determination, producing an oeuvre of misty tonal paintings that captured the atmosphere and many moods of developing Melbourne. The story and talent of Beckett inspired Andrée to investigate further, unearthing other women artists who had fallen into obscurity. Inspired by their art as much as their personal histories, it was ‘the independence, courage and confidence of many of these artists [that] have drawn me to them.'[1]

Andrées' collection honours the progressive influence of Australian printmakers from the early 19th century. The interwar period was an essential time in the development of Australian Modernist art, enhanced by the advent of speedier travel and communication between Australia and the world at large. The prints of Ethel Spowers, Eveline Symes, and Dorrit Black embody the modernist spirit. Spowers & Symes were close friends from Melbourne. They were well educated and raised in privileged families, and their fathers were rival newspaper tycoons. The Melbourne friends encouraged each other, travelling to London to study at The Grosvenor School of Modern Art under Ian McNab and  Claude Flight, two years after Dorrit Black. They had arrived at a pivotal time. Futurism was an explosive force in London, and many artists produced works during this period that ennobled the machine age, featuring daily scenes of life played out in fractured cubist compositions. 'One favourite is Ethel Spowers' Wet Afternoon, 1930, cleverly designed to  show a crowd of people and the angular rhythm of umbrellas, with the diagonal lines of rain giving tension and movement.'[2] There was an exciting sense of optimism in the medium's modern accessibility, speed and freedom from older printing traditions. 'Dorrit Black's composition of four string players, The Quarette, c. 1935, similarly captures the vitality and fleeting intensity of a group coalescing.. Black manipulates fractured cubist space and repetitive rhythmic cuts radiating out from the figures to create a scene of pulsing light, heat and energy.'[3] Flight featured all three artists in London exhibitions in the 1930s, and he championed the medium and his followers with a zealous intensity. Spowers, Symes and Black each gained relative success for women of their era, although their influence was still limited during their lifetime. Now very much celebrated, their artworks would be any collection's highlight. 

Ultimately, Andrée's collection had the practical purpose of making her home a beautiful place to live, preferring works that had a livable quality to them in size and subject. Each room was a balanced and harmonious combination, and congruity between frames, furniture, periods, and mediums was all considered in the arrangement. Most of Andrée's artworks were acquired from auctions, she thoroughly researched and understood the value of each piece. She was a fierce bidder in the room and rarely relinquished once committed. Her collection boasts an impressive and highly sought-after wattle painting by Penleigh Boyd, the three girls gathering wattle in the centre of the composition, recalling childhood memories as one of three sisters. Her horticultural expertise and passion resonate in the glorious blooms of Arthur Streeton's Rhododendron still life. ‘What I look for in flower paintings is the choice of flowers, the selection of vase and particularly their arrangement in order to obtain a balance of composition and colour. To my eyes these features are often underrated.'[4] Streeton maintained great esteem for the skill required to paint flowers well and was also an avid  gardener. ‘His love of flowers inveigles him into a manner with paint which makes them  fragile, beautiful things.'[5] 

Andrée's collection was innately personal to her. When asked what inspired her preference for mainly collecting women artists, she reflected that it was simply ‘the quality of their art.'[6] She endearingly referred to them as ‘her women' and would call them by their first name as if they were long-lost friends. ‘I must go and dust Dora, ' she would say to her partner Richard, which would elicit responses such as ‘Which Dora?'. Through years of discipline and refinement, Andrée's collection formed a cohesive narrative of Australian artists from the 1890s to the 1960s.  With quiet determination, Andrée demonstrated the collaborative role private collectors can play in enhancing museum collections. These remaining works from the collection showcase her intuitive eye for composition and beauty, grounded in a deep understanding of context, history, and her own personal journey.

Sarah Garrecht

Footnotes
[1]  Andree Harkness, Introduction, Modern Australian women artists, the Andrée Harkness collection,  Amaled Pty Ltd, Melbourne, 2020, p. 9
[2]  Ibid., p. 7
[3] Caroline Jordan, Printmakers, Modern Australian women artists, the Andrée Harkness collection,  Amaled Pty Ltd, Melbourne, 2020, p. 152 
[4] Andree Harkness, Introduction, Modern Australian women artists, the Andrée Harkness collection,  Amaled Pty Ltd, Melbourne, 2020, p. 7 
[5] Harold Herbert, The Art of Arthur Streeton, The Argus, 17 March 1931, p. 8
[6]  Isobel Crombie in conversation with collection donor Andrée Harkness for ‘Modern Australian Women  Artists', 2019  


Figuerola Alma view full entry
Reference: see Gibsons Australian & International Art
May 25, 2026, for 5 works in catalogue
Rothe Marnya view full entry
Reference: ‘Marnya’s work explores our collective loss of connection to the natural world.
Marnya's limited edition prints can be purchased from her website.’
She is well known for her revealing and authentic portraits of Australian artists and performers.
Publishing details: http://www.marnyarotheart.com
Upward Peterview full entry
Reference: at Lucky's International LLC US, auction 23.5.25, Lot 27 - Peter Upward, Mix Media on Paper,
Born: 1932. Died: 1984. Known for: Abstract painting. The abstract expressionist Peter Upward obtained formal art training from RMIT in Melbourne, followed by the Julian Ashton Art School in Sydney, where he studied under John Passmore who nurtured his burgeoning style and talent. Peter Upward held his first exhibition in 1959 at the Museum of Modern Art, Melbourne. In 1960, Upward and Passmore were founding members of the Sydney 9 group of abstract artists and exhibited in the manifesto show in 1961. This group included John Olsen and Clement Meadmore amongst its numbers.His works were included in the Australian Painting Today exhibition which toured nationally and internationally in 1963-64. The monumental and arguably the most recognized work by the artist, June Celebration 1960, in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia, shares striking similarity with Abstract, 1961 both enjoying bold gestural calligraphic strokes. James Gleeson mused on Upward's work, 'There is a certain kind of dancing in which the conscious mind surrenders its vigilance and the body becomes a vehicle for the transmission of emotion…energy that finds release in spontaneous action [bearing] an intimate relationship with the mood or mental state of the moment. Peter Upwards's [sic] paintings are like the movements of such a dancer.'Most evident in Abstract, 1961 is the influence of Japanese calligraphy which pervaded his work in this period. After he moved to London in 1962, Upward moved away from this style and was instead inspired by action painting, astrology and American beat poetry and jazz. A number of his works are in the collection of the Art Gallery of New South Wales, which held a survey exhibition of the artist's work in 1984, after his death.A retrospective exhibition was organized by the Penrith Regional Gallery in 2007 and Upward's work is also represented in other state, corporate and private collections, including those of the Sussan Corporation, Melbourne and James Fairfax, Sydney. Signed and dated 1962 lower left corner. Painting w/o frame 15" L x 10" W. Packing &

De Gzell, Varvara view full entry
Reference: see Auktionshaus Blank GmbH, Sunday, May 25, 2025: Lot 6: De Gzell, Varvara (1942 Australia - 1998 London) - Bunte Abstraktion (Welle), 1995, pastel on paper, signed and dated lower right, sheet dimensions approx. 65x50cm, framed under glass with passepartout, overall dimensions approx. 86 x 70 cm



Farrow Willview full entry
Reference: see Reeman Dansie Timed auction, UK, 1.6.25: lot 289:
Will Farrow (Australian b.c. 1892) two caricatures - Lord Snowdon, 38.5cm x 33cm, together with Robert Morley, 39cm x 22cm, both unframed
With a copy of The Ansdell Gallery, London, poster and catalogue page
Rudge Anne and Edwardview full entry
Reference: see Dreweatts 1759 auction, UK, 11.6.25, lot 198: MATHER BROWN (BRITISH 1761 - 1831)
PORTRAIT OF ANNE RUDGE (NÉE NOUIALLE) (1761 - 1836)
Oil on canvas
74 x 62cm (29 x 24¼ in.)
Provenance:
The collection of a member of the Rudge family
Thence by descent
The authenticity of this painting has previously been confirmed on the basis of photographs by Dorinda Evans.
Anne Rudge (1763-1836) is one of the earliest known published female botanical artists.
Her marriage to husband Edward Rudge (1763-1846), has been described as the perfect scientific and artistic partnership. Anne was already well educated and skilled in drawing before her marriage and was able to utilise her artistic ability by illustrating her husband's botanical research.
Edward was a wealthy landowner and skilled amateur botanist who published a major work, Plantarum Guianae, on the plants of Guiana between 1805 and 1807. At a time when many new specimens from Australia were being sent back to England, Edward Rudge made a significant contribution to Australian botany by describing twenty-seven Australian plants for the first time in a series of four papers delivered before the Linnean Society between 1805 and 1811.
Anne drew the fifty plates for Plantarum Guianae, as well as producing the illustrations for the papers her husband wrote for the Linnean Society. Her drawings were held in such high esteem during her lifetime that a species of water lily was named after her.
 
Deberenger Rayview full entry
Reference: see Curated Gallery Auctions, Brooklyn, NY, 1.6.2025, lot 276, Ray Deberenger (B.1884) Antique WPA Modernist Loading Dock Industrial Factory Painting. A note on the back reads: Ray A, Deberenger, lived in San Francisco, born in Australia, worked for san Francisco Chronicle, 1908-1910, exhibited Newspaper Artists of San Franciisco.
Hemy Bernard Benedict (United Kingdom, Australia, 1845 - 1913) view full entry
Reference: see Broward Auction Gallery LLC
Dania Beach, FL, US, 26.5.25, lot 134: Lot 134
ARTIST: Bernard Benedict Hemy (United Kingdom, Australia, 1845 - 1913) 
TITLE: Harbor Scene 
MEDIUM: oil on canvas 
CONDITION: One scratch in the right part of the painting. Few small paint losses. Some craquelure. Some scattered inpaintings. Minor damages to frame. 
ART SIZE: 20 x 30 inches / 50 x 76 cm 
FRAME SIZE: 25 x 35 inches / 63 x 88 cm 
SIGNATURE: lower right 
LOCATION: This lot is located at our Dania Beach, FL office. 
CATEGORY: old antique vintage painting for auction sale online 
AD: ART WANTED: Consign, Trade In, Cash Offer 
SKU#: 132966 
US SHIPPING: $139 + insurance. 

BIOGRAPHY: 
The youngest brother of noted British marine watercolorist Charles Napier Hemy (1841-1917) and Thomas Hemy (1852-1937) also a marine painter, Bernard Hemy was born in Australia where his family had emigrated in 1852. Like both of his siblings, he later returned to his family's traditional home at Newcastle-on-Tyne where he settled to paint for the remainder of his life in North Shields. 
It is likely that he studied art at the Newcastle Art School where both of his brothers attended. Unlike them however, he was not widely traveled, preferring the quieter life of the North East Coast of England. Throughout his career he displayed a strong competence at creating realistic portrayals of every day marine activity, skillfully documenting coastal and harbor views as well as local fishing scenes of the period. 
Today, paintings by Bernard Benedict Hemy are scarce. He is known to have exhibited at the Suffolk Street Gallery in London in both 1875 and 1877 and was a participant in various other English exhibitions during his lifetime. 

Tildesley Edwaqrd Arthur view full entry
Reference: see Phillip Caldwell Auctioneers, A FASCINATING COLLECTION “ANTIQUITIES-EPHEMERA-ART”-MOSTLY UNRESERVED THE OBSESSION OF A GENT, 1.6.25, lot 11, EDWARD ARTHUR TILDESLEY “CORROBEREE TREE,ST KILDA C 1840s” TITLED “OLD GUMS IN THE RESERVE,St KILDA C1840s Of historical importance a painting of significance and rarity.Signed with initials E.A.T for EdwiArthur TILDESLEY The Corroboree Tree located in St Kilda, Victoria. This significant tree is a large, old River Red Gum (Eucalyptus camaldulensis) that is estimated to be between 300 and 500 years old. It holds cultural significance for the local Aboriginal community, serving as a gathering place for centuries to the and a site for ceremonies, or corroborees. The road beside the tree was reportedly diverted from the original plans to preserve it. (See photos for more details)
Terry Frederick Cview full entry
Reference: Landscape Scenery, Illustrating Sydney, Paramatta, Richmond, Newcastle, Windsor, and Port Jackson, New South Wales

Circa 1862, "a partial republication of Sands and Kenny's Landscape Scenery first published in 1855. It contains only twenty of the original forty plates of that work and these have had alterations made to them. On the title page plate 'Newcastle' has replaced 'Maitland', the date 1855 has been erased, and the imprint changed; on the other plates the spelling of the artist's name, F. C. Terry, has been corrected, various inaccurate titles altered and the original plate numbers erased." FERGUSON 15438. WANTRUP 259b.
Publishing details: Sydney and Melbourne: John Sands and Sands & McDougall, No date.
18cm x 26cm. 20 plates (including title), tissue guards. Original blue cloth preserving the spine), gilt lettering and decoration.
Williams Fredview full entry
Reference: The Diaries of Fred Williams. Edited by Patrick McCaughey (with John Timlin)

Publishing details: The Miegunyah Press, Melbourne, 658 pp,
Ref: 1009
Allen Dr Rebeccaview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Alexander Lisaview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Beiermann Danielleview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Bernard Melissaview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Blacker Charlieview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




de Brito Chloeview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Chapman Garyview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Cooke Terryview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Crosthwaite Craigview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Denton Louiseview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Desailly Chrisview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Dibben Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Dibbs Carlaview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Disbury Mikeview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Dunlop Kerryview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Farrelly Clareview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Fenton Naomiview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Gardiner Lachlanview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Garner Eliseview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Hall Michaelview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Harder Forestview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Hicks Davidview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Holloway Craigview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Johnson Jodieview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Lang Robertview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Lewis Heideview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




McInnes Andrewview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




McKinney Justinview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Murray Scottview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Nash Jodieview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Naylor Rowenaview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Nelson Paulview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Newnan Michelleview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




O’Keefde Joanneview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Page Oliviaview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Pedersen Shaneview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Powell Anneview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Purslow Natalieview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Radler Garyview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Ritchie Jonahview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Ritchie Jonahview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Roe Angieview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Rouse Phoebeview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Bolfrini Francescoview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Svendsen Runeview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Telfer Carloview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Thompson Leah-Anneview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Vann Gillianview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Veentjer Davidview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Volzke Astridview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Webster Daleview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Worner Janeview full entry
Reference: see In an Australian Light: Photographs from Across the Country. Jo Turner (Edited by), Rebecca Allen (Introduction by). [To be indexed] [’Australia is drenched in a light that is different from anywhere else in the world. A light so distinctive, we know it can only be of one place.

Imagined as a celebration of the particular beauty of Australian light, this generous publication roams the country, from rugged coastline to arid outback, to reveal how light shapes our wide, brown land. Wind-etched rocks, patterns in sand. Teal oceans. Surfers, slick in their wetsuits against the morning sun. A beach filled with people. A beach with no people. Rockpools. High-rise buildings against sand and sea. Golden sunsets over city skylines. Rays reaching through forest branches to frosted ground. Paddocks muted by mist, trees laden with luminous snow. The variation in the fall of light on our landscape seems limitless.

With an introduction by a galactic astrophysicist, In an Australian Light reminds us of the myriad ways we experience light in this vast and diverse land.’]

Publishing details: Thames and Hudson, 2019, 159 pages : colour illustrations




Martini Nerineview full entry
Reference: Nerine Martini - Voyage and Home, a retrospective July 8, 2023, - August 13, 2024
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, Sydney, 2023, pb, 16pp
Ref: 148
Prints 4 Ukraineview full entry
Reference: Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Ref: 148
Kingston Peterview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Totman Andrewview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Hayson Angelaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Riley Angelilaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Lever Anitaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Russell Annaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Boiesenberg Antheaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Libertatemaveamor Aveview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Hall Basilview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Latimer Bruceview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Ky Carmenview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Shogi Christineview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Kowarski Damonview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Greenaune Danielleview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Frazer Davidview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Shead Garryview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Shinfield Garyview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Jobes Genevieveview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Gittoes Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Braneeatisano Helenview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Li Hongview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Ju Kim Hyunview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Kim Hyun Ju view full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Grant Ianview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Balassa Jacquelineview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Morrison-Swan Joanview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Harris Julieview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
McMeeking Kerry-Anneview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Swinfield Lindaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Perferct Lizview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
McKimmie Lisaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Winch Madeleineview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Rowden Markview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Romer Martaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Ablitt Matthewview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Kempson Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Yates Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Thurgate Noelview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Dzhurayeva Olesyaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Paddo - Steven Pattersonview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Patterson Steven Paddoview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
debenham Pamview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Wilson-Adams Patriciaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Burgess Peterview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Cavalan Pierreview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Baird Rebeccaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Mombassa Regview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Hanks Rewview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Nelson Rhondaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Murray Roview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Vickers Rosemaryview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Martin Seraphinaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Fieldhouse Simonview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Hall Stephenview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Kenyon Thereseview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Li Tingview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Armeneiro Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Diegan Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Sedlak Valeriiaview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Hutchins Wayneview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Zhang Xiaoxiaoview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
Shimmyo Yuriview full entry
Reference: see Prints 4 Ukraine by Artists4Ukraine, curated by Nick Vickers, Each artist has a work illustrated in colour with details but with no biographical information.
Publishing details: CBD Gallery, 2023, pb, 39pp
From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographersview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Ref: 148
Ford Sueview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Elliston Peterview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Dement Lindaview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Henson Billview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Drummond Rozalindview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Hall Adrianview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Ahern Judithview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Grace Helenview full entry
Reference: From the Empire’s End - Nine Australian Photographers [together with] On the Shadow Line - Ten Spanish Photographers, Madrid 7 Marzo/14 Abril, 1991 ; On the shadow line, ten Spanish photographers = En la linea de sombra, diez fotografos Espanoles, Sydney 27 Marzo/20 Abril, 1991.
"From the Empire's End: Nine Australian Photographers" was an exhibition curated by Art Gallery of NSW that explored the shift in Australian identity and photography following the end of British colonial rule. The exhibition featured works by nine Australian photographers, including Sue Ford and Grace Litchfield, who documented the diverse experiences of Australians. 


Publishing details: Madrid : Circulo de Bellas Artes ; Sydney: University of New South Wales. College of Fine Arts, Works Gallery, 1991, 129 p. : ill. (chiefly col.) ;
Lewin Thomas brother of John William Lewinview full entry
Reference: see Christie’s, London, 30 April, 1997:
LEWIN, Thomas (1774 - after 1840). An album of original bird drawings, drawn and painted from nature by Thomas Lewin. London: 1825-1831.
Price realised GBP 133,500
LEWIN, Thomas (1774 - after 1840). An album of original bird drawings, drawn and painted from nature by Thomas Lewin. London: 1825-1831.

Small folio (431 x 325mm). 143 original drawings (two folding) in watercolour and body colour occasionally with pencil sketching still visible, on paper, all but four signed by Lewin ("by Ths Lewin" or "D[rawn] & P[ainted] by Ths Lewin") on rectos, including 10 dated between 1825 and 1829, and all but ten drawings with pencilled identifications signed and dated 1825-31 on verso (Drawn and Painted from Nature Correct in Size Colours and all Honors, or a variation thereof), most drawings against a blue wash background, nine drawings with painted background and within black ruled frame, later pencilled foliation of all leaves and protective blanks at versos of lower corners. Paper marked "J Whatman" with dates 1825, 1827-1830, "Turkey Mill 1826", one marked "JC & McM 1814" with Wales crest, and one double marked "J Whatman 1825" and "C. Wilmot 1825", 7 of the earliest drawings dated 1825-26 on slightly shorter leaves (4 drawings with light mottling of paper). Contemporary tan morocco gilt, sides with wide fillet border and strapwork panel design, flat spine with gilt strapwork, turn-ins elaborately gilt with wide roll-tooled border, green moire-patterned paper liners and endleaves, gilt edges (some slight scuffing), possibly by John Mackenzie. Provenance: description of the volume dated 1832 on front flyleaf: "A Collection of 143 original Drawings of Birds by Lewin -- coloured from nature and most beautifully executed".

A FINE ALBUM OF BIRD PAINTINGS BY THOMAS LEWIN, THE LARGEST KNOWN COLLECTION OF HIS DRAWINGS. Thomas Lewin was one of a family of bird artists who worked at the highest level. His father, William Lewin, published The Birds of Great Britain, with their Eggs, accurately figured (1795-1801), in which Thomas's first signed work appeared; his brother, John William Lewin, published Birds of New Holland (1804-08), to which Thomas contributed the preface; and another brother, William Thomas, painted with his father an album of bird eggs at the Portland Museum before 1786 for the Dowager Duchess of Portland. The Lewins as a family are remarkable for the emphasis they placed on original drawings, and William Lewin is "unique in using original watercolors to illustrate his book on British birds" (Jackson, Bird Etchings, 159), painting the 323 illustrations for each of the 60 subscriber copies. William Lewin and his sons had access to the major natural history cabinets and collections of the time, including those of Sir Ashton Lever (and later when owned by James Parkinson), Marmaduke Tunstall, and Dr. John Latham, as well as the Duke and Duchess of Portland.

All but four of the present drawings are characteristically signed on the recto, and all but ten are inscribed at length in pencil on the verso, not only stating "Drawn and Painted from Nature Correct in Size Colours and all Honours" (or similar), but also with identifications. According to Lewin's idenfications, the birds come from China, Africa, India, Turkey, Java, Australia, the Philippines, etc., and include many rare specimens with a large number identified as from South America, Brazil and the Americas; Lewin seemed particularly keen to identify birds as coming from "Creek" [Indian] America. Lewin certainly worked from specimens held in a number of collections, but he may also have painted from living birds. The inscriptions are mostly dated between 1826 to 1831 and signed London, Hackney, Hackney Fields, and Hoxton. These place-names may suggest his own residence or the location of an aviary or natural history cabinet where Lewin painted.

Only two other collections of original drawings by Thomas Lewin are known to exist, and the present collection of 143 bird paintings is the largest by far. The Hardwicke drawings in the Natural History Museum, London, contain 75 Lewin bird watercolours, only some of which are identified or dated (usually 1834-35), and a private English collection contains an album of 60 watercolours, most of which have idenfications similar to the present album, and are dated 1821-28. Two drawings by Thomas Lewin are also in the Alexander Turnbull Library, Wellington, New Zealand, and a further two are in the Blacker-Wood Library, McGill University, Montreal. We are grateful to Christine Jackson for providing us with detailed information on the Lewin family and the location of other Lewin drawings.



Boyd Lynne view full entry
Reference: Lynne Boyd - Liminal.
Edited by Sheridan Palmer, this compelling and lavishly illustrated overview of Lynne Boyd’s life and art includes discursive and insightful essays by Tim Bass, Vivien Gaston, Rosalind Hollinrake, Leah Kaminsky, Kate and Charles Nodrum and Jason Smith.
In a world rife with irony, Boyd’s work has eloquent painterliness and an enigmatic sublimity that is rare and elevating.
This book also makes an invaluable contribution to research on contemporary Australian women artists.

The Australian artist Lynne Boyd (1953–2022) was known for her exquisite and haunting paintings and prints of solitary figures and fleeting moments and her romantic abstraction of the liminal and the oceanic. Atmospheric hazes, the psychology of distance, and the dynamics of spatiality were essential to her oeuvre. Like few other artists of her time and place, Boyd was able to capture what art historian Rosalind Hollinrake calls the “material presence of the immaterial.”

Boyd began as a self-taught landscape artist in the mid-1970s and developed her uncanny representation of boats, bridges and misty seascapes of Port Phillip Bay during the 1980s. Peter Booth considered her works from this period among the best to emerge from the Victorian College of the Arts, and over the next three-and-a-half decades she obtained a beauty and poetic depth in artworks depicting the irreducible elements of land, sea, and sky. In this respect her work has affinities with the unfathomable qualities that we associate with the Australian modernist Clarice Beckett, the surreal expressionist Georgia O’Keefe, and the quiet minimalism of Agnes Martin.
Publishing details: Published by Index Press. 2025
Ref: 1000
Bellingham Sidney Robertview full entry
Reference: BELLINGHAM, Sidney. TEN YEARS WITH
PALETTE, SHOT GUN AND RIFLE ON THEbBLUE MOUNTAINS N.S.W. A complete guide to the sport and game to be obtained on the Blue bMountains.
Publishing details: New edition of the 1899 classic, edited by Jim Smith, with a biography of Bellingham.
Wentworth. Den Fenella Press. 2014 Foolscap, folio. Or.wrapps. 132pp. Many col & b/w ills. Signed by the editor Jim Smith and annotated, 155 copies printed?
Bellingham Sidney Robertview full entry
Reference: from: Heritage, Newsletter of the Blue Mountains Association of Cultural
Heritage Organisations Inc
November-December 2014 ISSUE 35:
Jim Smith is publishing a new limited edition of the 1899 classic Ten Years with the
Palette, Shot Gun and Rifle in the Blue Mountains, New South Wales by Sidney
Bellingham. Bellingham was born in London in 1857 and migrated to Australia in 1879. A
trained artist, he found living by the “palette too difficult in 19th
-century colonial society and
turned to the “shot gun and rifle”, advertising himself as a professional hunting guide in the
Blue Mountains. He established the Katoomba Shooting, Excursion and Fishing Club in
1888 and its members carried out exploratory ‘excursions’ into some of the wildest areas of
the Blue Mountains. It could be argued that his club was the first bushwalking club in New
South Wales. Bellingham left the Blue Mountains in 1892 and moved to Victoria where he
died in 1952.
A keen observer of nature, Bellingham published the first detailed descriptions of Blue
Mountains and Jenolan Caves fauna and sensitive descriptions of the landscapes they lived
in. His book provides a valuable record of the wildlife as it was before widespread
settlement in the region. As habitat change and increased hunting decimated animal
populations, Bellingham promoted conservation values through his role as editor of the
Australian Shooting and Fishing Annual. Bellingham’s book is the first book to be written
about the Blue Mountains which was not a tourists’ guidebook and is the first
autobiographical work by someone who lived in the region.
This new edition of Bellingham’s book includes extensive annotations and commentary by
Blue Mountains ecologist and historian Jim Smith and the first biography of Bellingham,
including descriptions of his pioneering Blue Mountains explorations. Bellingham’s 1902
article on Wallaroos is also included. There are also nearly 100 historic illustrations not
present in the original edition.
This book is of particular interest to conservationists as Bellingham describes the natural
history of Blue Mountains mammals, including Possums, Wallabies, Wallaroos, Koalas
Wombats, Dingoes and Platypus. The habits of local birds and reptiles are also described
and there is a separate chapter on Lyrebirds, which Bellingham described as the “king of
Australian birds”. The areas described, as they were in the 1880s, include the Kedumba,
Kanimbla and Burragorang Valleys, Jenolan Caves, Cox’s River and Kanangra Walls.
Bellingham’s hunting activities, some of which are difficult for today’s conservationists to
read, are put into the context of a history of hunting in the Blue Mountains researched by
Jim Smith.
Bonus Material!
Purchasers will receive a free copy of a facsimile edition of Bellingham’s 1885 Guide to the
Fish River Caves, the first published guidebook to Jenolan Caves. Another bonus is a free
A3 map of one of the most beautiful walking tracks in the Blue Mountains, constructed by
Peter Mulheran in the same year that Bellingham’s book was published. This forgotten
track, on Kings Tableland at Wentworth Falls, was restored by local volunteers and
reopened by Jim Smith earlier this year.
How to order your book.
Jim Smith’s limited edition books are not sold through bookshops. Usually, only the number
of pre-ordered copies is printed.
To obtain your copy it is necessary to prepay by the last week of November 2014.
There are two editions: a black and white edition costing $20 and a special edition for
collectors, with the illustrations in colour, costing $39. These prices include postage and
GST.
Payment options.
1. Send a cheque or money order made out to Jim Smith to 65 Fletcher Street Wentworth
Falls, New South Wales, 2782. or,
2. Electronic transfer of funds to Teachers Mutual Bank BSB 812–170 account of J.L.
Smith, number 7437750. If using this method you must also write to Jim Smith at the above
address with your details and the number of books ordered. (I do not use em
Kerr Joan editor of Heritage - The National Women’s Art Bookview full entry
Reference: see Heritage, The National Women’s Art Book - 500 works by 500 Women artists from Colonial Times to 1955
Publishing details: G+B Arts International, Art & Australia and Craftsman House, 1995, hc, dw, 481pp
Webb Lovoni V 1925-2008) view full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce auction, 16 June 2025, lot 6350 and several others:
Lovoni V Webb 
Australia (1925-2008) 
Sarah & the Gothic Clock 1974 
Etching/aquatint ed. 5/10 
Signed, titled & dated lower margin
Provenance:
The Estate of the Late Lovoni Webb, Newcastle 
The Estate of the Late Peter Webb, the artist's brother, thence by descent
Dimensions:
Plate: 29.5 x 15 cm Sheet: 38 x 55.5 cm


Clarke Cuthbert Charlesview full entry
Reference: See Deutscher and Hackett auction 10.6.25, lot 34: CUTHBERT CHARLES CLARKE
(British, 1818 - 1863)
GROUP OF FOUR WORKS, c.1850 – 60s
South Esk, Van Diemen’s Land
watercolour and ink on paper
8.5 x 6.0 cm
29.0 x 14.5 cm (frame)
inscribed with title below image: South Esk, V. D. L.

Harvesting
watercolour and ink on paper
5.5 x 8.5 cm (image)
25.5 x 27.0 cm (frame)

Sheep Shearing
watercolour and ink on paper
10.5 x 13.0 cm (image)
30.0 x 31.0 cm (frame)
inscribed with title lower centre: Sheep Shearing

Wattle Trees, Van Diemen’s Land
watercolour and ink on paper
10.5 x 13.5 cm
31.0 x 32.5 cm (frame)
inscribed with title below image: Wattle Trees, V. D. L

PROVENANCE
Private collection, Melbourne
Deutscher Fine Art, Melbourne
Private collection, Melbourne, acquired from the above in 1986

EXHIBITED
Australian Art: Colonial to Modern, Deutscher Fine Art, Melbourne, 9 – 25 April 1986, cat. 18, 19, 20, 21 (illus. in exhibition catalogue)

Hatherell Williamview full entry
Reference: See Deutscher and Hackett auction 10.6.25, lot 9: WILLIAM HATHERELL
(British, 1855 - 1928)
ON BOARD SHIP, COLOMBO, BOUND FOR AUSTRALIA, c.1888
watercolour on paper
27.5 x 19.5 cm
45.0 x 35.5 cm (frame)
signed and inscribed lower left: W HATHERELL / COLOMBO

PROVENANCE
Sarah Colgrave Fine Art, London
Private collection, London

RELATED WORK
The Quarter Deck of a P&O steamer, 1888, lithograph, 40.3 x 28.4 cm, in the collection of the Australian National Maritime Museum, Sydney

Weston Doris Hopeview full entry
Reference: See Deutscher and Hackett auction 10.6.25, lot 14: DORIS HOPE WESTON
(1892 - 1968)
CLAUDE FLIGHT’S PAINTING LESSON, c.1928
oil on canvas
50.5 x 68.5 cm
68.5 x 86.0 cm (frame)
signed lower left: Weston
signed and inscribed verso: Hope Weston / 114 South Hill Park / Hampstead / NW3
bears inscription on handwritten label on frame verso: DORIS HOPE WESTON / “CLAUDE FLIGHTS PAINTING / LESSON” / 5000

PROVENANCE
The Parkin Gallery, London
Christie's, Sydney, 14 August 1994, lot 194A (as ‘Claude Flight's Painting Lesson (Which Include Artists Daphne Mayo and Dorrit Black’)
Private collection, Melbourne


Curtis William (active. 1850 - 1880)view full entry
Reference: See Deutscher and Hackett auction 10.6.25, lot 35: WILLIAM CURTIS
(active. 1850 - 1880)
ABORIGINES IN A ROCKY LANDSCAPE, 1862
ink on paper
13.0 x 8.5 cm (sight)
32.0 x 25.0 cm (frame)
signed and dated lower right: W Curtis / 1862

PROVENANCE
Private collection, Melbourne
Deutscher Fine Art, Melbourne
Private collection, Melbourne, acquired from the above in 1986

EXHIBITED
Australian Art: Colonial to Modern, Deutscher Fine Art, Melbourne, 9 – 25 April 1986, cat. 28 (illus. in exhibition catalogue)



Harrison Eliza Georgina (1859 - 1941)view full entry
Reference: See Deutscher and Hackett auction 10.6.25, lot 36: ELIZA GEORGINA HARRISON
(1859 - 1941)
LANDSCAPE FROM NATURE - MOORABOOL CREEK, GEELONG, c.1888
oil on canvas
46.0 x 76.5 cm
68.0 x 99.0 cm (frame)
signed lower right: E G Harrison
bears inscription on old label verso: Landscape from Nature / The Moorabool Creek

PROVENANCE
The Block Gallery, Melbourne
Private collection, Melbourne, acquired from the above
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, 27 November 1991, lot 494 (as ‘Landscape’)
Private collection, Victoria

Australian Print Survey 1963/4view full entry
Reference: Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded). Online at https://books.qagoma.qld.gov.au/PDFs/QAG-1964-06.pdf
Ref: 1000
Adams Tateview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Annois Lenview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Armstrong Ianview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Backen Earleview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Baldessin Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Blackman Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Brack Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Brash Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Brown Geoffreyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Buckley Sueview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Coburn Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Counihan Noelview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Courier Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Dawson Janetview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Ewart Joyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Fluke Royview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
French Leonardview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Gillison Davidview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Gleghorn Tomview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Gould Stromview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Green Tomview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Grey-Smith Guyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Grey-Smith Helenview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Grierson Maxview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Grieve Robertview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Griffin Murrayview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Hawkins Weaverview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Hick Jacquelineview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Hinder Frankview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Hodgkinson Frankview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Jack Kennethview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Jamieson Gilview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Keky Eveview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Kempf Franzview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Kluge-Pott Berthaview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
King Grahameview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Kubbos Evaview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Laverty Peterview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Laycock Donaldview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Leach-Jones Alunview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
McNeilage Ianview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Macqueen Maryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Marshall Jenniferview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Mayo Eileenview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Nicholson Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Plate Carlview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Ratas Vaclovasview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Reddington Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Robinson Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Rooney Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Rose Davidview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Salkauskas Henryview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Schepers Karenview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Seidel Brianview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Sellbach Udoview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Sharp Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Strachan Davidview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Stringer Johnview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Sumner Alanview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Thake Erikview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Thorpe Lesbiaview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Walker Murrayview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Wall Edithview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Warren Guyview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Whiteley Brettview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Williams Fredview full entry
Reference: see Australian Print Survey 1963/4
Includes short biographies of about 35 printmakers. Catalogue of exhibition, including a list of works and brief biographies of artists. Introduction essay by Daniel Thomas.
At Art Gallery of New South Wales, then travelling exhibition (to most State Galleries)

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 1963, 6 pages (folded)
Fantauzzo vincentview full entry
Reference: see article in Sydney Morning Herald, Good Weekend, 7.6.25. p14-17. ‘Behind his eyes’, by Konrad Marshall.
Bastow Michaelview full entry
Reference: see DUPONT & Associés, France, 17.6.25:
Michael BASTOW (Born 1943)
Female nude
Pastel on paper
Signed lower left
120 x 55 cm
Framed under glass

Born in Britain in 1943, he moved to England in 1967, where he worked as a film set designer, before moving to Belgium in 1974. Michael Bastow has exhibited in solo shows in England, Argentina, France, Belgium, Peru, the United States and Australia. He has exhibited regularly in France and Belgium since 1979. He has lived and worked in the south of France since 2000, where he acquired the Saint-Alexis chapel in Malaucène.

He works in pastel and charcoal on "à la forme" paper. Although he has also produced several series of landscapes, the main subject of his work is the female nude and the ambivalent relationship between the artist and his models. His friend Roland Topor wrote of him that he "paints women relentlessly to give them what they don't have: his desire". His work can be found in a number of private and public collections, including the Frac Franche-Comté and the Musée d'Art Moderne et d'Art Contemporain (MAMAC) in Liège.
Habbe Nicholas Francoise (Copenhagen, 1827- Sydney, 1889)view full entry
Reference: Setdart Auction House, Barcelona, Spain, 17.6.25, lot 57:
NICHOLAS FRANÇOIS HABBE (Copenhagen, 1827- Sydney, 1889)
"Feeding the chickens". 
Oil on canvas. 
Signed and dated in the lower right corner. 
Measurements: 52 x 45 cm; 66 x 55 cm (frame). 
The painting of Nicholas François Habbe presented here, represents a domestic scene full of charm and narrative detail, fully inscribed in the tradition of genre painting of the nineteenth century. In the warm interior of a rural dwelling, a young woman feeds a hen with her brood of chicks, while a small boy, dressed in simple clothes, kneels playfully beside a cat, creating an endearing scene that celebrates everyday life, motherhood, and childlike innocence. The richly atmospheric setting is filled with domestic details: painted furniture, copper kitchen utensils, hanging textiles, an iron stove and carved wood decoration, all meticulously depicted with painstaking realism.
Habbe demonstrates here an extraordinary mastery of the oil technique, with a precise and controlled brushstroke that evidences a clear influence of Nordic and German naturalism, where direct observation of the domestic world becomes a vehicle for artistic expression. The composition is carefully balanced, with an intelligent use of light that allows the faces and gestures, as well as the textures, to stand out: 
Habbe, born in Denmark and later moved to Australia, represents with this work a European sensibility that maintains a close link with the Flemish and Germanic tradition, but also with the visual narrative that prevailed in the academies of the 19th century. His painting, without being grandiloquent or monumental, manages to capture the emotional depth of the everyday, through a serene pictorial language, technically rigorous and narratively effective. This work thus stands out not only for its impeccable execution, but also for its ability to turn a domestic scene into an image of profound human resonance.
Nicholas François Habbe studied at the Copenhagen Academy for seven years and then furthered his painting studies in Italy, before arriving in Melbourne in 1855. He was known as a theatrical set designer, portrait painter and allegorical scenographer, and worked in Melbourne between the 1860s and 1880s.
Dimensions
52 x 45 cm; 66 x 55 cm (frame).
Artist or Maker
Nikolai Habbe
Leason Jean later Jean Hitch ?view full entry
Reference: see June Estate & Jewerly Auction
Jun 30, 2025 , Patchogue, NY, USA, lot 180: Jean Leason Hitch (New York, Massachusetts, Australia, 1918 - 2015) O/B painting in good condition and simply framed. 8.75 x 10.75 in, A beautiful countryside barn and home mountain landscape of New England. Signed lower right Isabel Leason. A scarce painting by the daughter of Percy Leason. From an East Hampton, Long Island Estate.
Hitch Jean Leasonview full entry
Reference: see June Estate & Jewerly Auction
Jun 30, 2025 , Patchogue, NY, USA, lot 180: Jean Leason Hitch (New York, Massachusetts, Australia, 1918 - 2015) O/B painting in good condition and simply framed. 8.75 x 10.75 in, A beautiful countryside barn and home mountain landscape of New England. Signed lower right Isabel Leason. A scarce painting by the daughter of Percy Leason. From an East Hampton, Long Island Estate.
McLean Margaret (1877-1962) 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see Australian, Maritime & Exploration
by Gibson's, June 23, 2025, lot 43:
Margaret McLean (1877-1962)
The Beguinage at Bruges
oil on canvas
signed lower right: Margaret McLean
inscribed with title verso: The Beguinage at Bruges
35 x 45cm

CATALOGUE NOTE
Known more for her achievements as a gallerist and art dealer, Margaret McLean produced some notable works as an artist. She trained at the National Gallery School in the early 1900s. She supplemented her practice by attending Jessie Trails' social Tuesday Group workshops held at her studio in the Smith's Weekly Building. Melbourne in the early 1900s was a thriving and buoyant platform for creatives, the boom had brought culture and diversity to the city, McLean possessed a broad network of friends and artist peers within the Melbourne community and she became ‘one of the most active dealers and artists' agents in inter-war Melbourne.. handling names as eminent as Streeton and W.B. McInnes.' Her various Collins Street galleries hosted regular exhibitions featuring works by many women artists, such as Aileen Dent, Evelyn Syme, Ethleen Palmer, and later, the young Klytie Pate.

and lot 49
MARGARET McLEAN (1877-1962)
Autumn by The Yarra
oil on canvas
signed lower right: Margaret McLean
45 x 50cm
 
KEOGH / McClean / Photographer view full entry
Reference: see Australian, Maritime & Exploration
by Gibson's, June 23, 2025, lot 7:
ARTIST UNKNOWN
Off Nobbys
oil on canvas
signed and inscribed lower left and right: KEOGH / McClean / Photographer
38 x 57.5cm
McClean / Keogh / Photographer view full entry
Reference: see Australian, Maritime & Exploration
by Gibson's, June 23, 2025, lot 7:
ARTIST UNKNOWN
Off Nobbys
oil on canvas
signed and inscribed lower left and right: KEOGH / McClean / Photographer
38 x 57.5cm
Barratt Woolstonview full entry
Reference: see Australian, Maritime & Exploration
by Gibson's, June 23, 2025,
lot 91: WOOLSTON BARRATT
Elwy, off Newcastle, New South Wales
oil on canvas on board
signed and inscribed lower right : WOOLSTON BARRATT / NEWCASTLE
49 x 72.5cm
Champ A Eview full entry
Reference: see Australian, Maritime & Exploration
by Gibson's, June 23, 2025,
lot 95: A E CHAMP
Beached Boats 1904 and Towards the Loading Dock 1906
two watercolour on paper
each signed and dated lower right: A E CHamp 1904 and AE Champ 1906
18 x 27.5cm and 16.5 x 26cm
Gregory Henry Gregory 1813-1877view full entry
Reference: see Australian, Maritime & Exploration
by Gibson's, June 23, 2025,
lot 273: HENRY GREGORY GREGORY (1813-1877)
a collection of four watercolour and ink drawings
HENRY GREGORY GREGORY (1813-1877)
a collection of four watercolour and ink drawings
i The Find
signed with initials and titled lower left and right: HG A find
26.5 x 38cm
ii Astonishing the Natives
titled lower left: Astonishing the Natives
26 x 43.5cm
iii A Foraging Party - Pleasing Prospect of Cold Missionary for Dinner
signed with initials and titled lower left and right: HG A foraging party - pleasing prospect of Cold Missionary for dinner
30 x 50cm
iv With the view of making a diversion, and for laying the foundation for some moral and civilised observatories, the Doctor offered his host "if he was fond of children? / The New Zealander replied with a curious expression of countenance, patting his stomach at the same time.
"Oh! yes - me berry fond of children!" [Colburn's Magazine]
26 x 36.5cm

REFERENCE
Shanahan, Mary, Out of Time, Out of Place, Henry Gregory and the Benedictine Order in Colonial Australia, Australian National University Press, 1970

NOTE
For a similar example see Henry Gregory, Gentleman in waiting - for dinner, National Library of Australia

Henry Gregory Gregory (1813-1877) born in Cheltenham, England was educated at Douai and Downside Monastary and subsequently entered the order in 1833. He travelled to Australia in 1835 with first appointed Bishop of Australia, John Bede Polding. It was great privilege for the young Gregory to accompany the Bishop, performing the duty of catechist as he was not yet fully ordained. The following year Gregory spent some time in Norfolk Island as assistant chaplain and showed fortitude during a mutiny there. They returned to Rome, allowing Gregory to complete his doctorate in divinity, bolstering his position in the order and preparing the young monk for great responsibilities in the colony. They sailed back to Sydney in 1843, under Poldings guidance and encouragement Gregory was ordained Prior and later Abbot of St Mary's Abbey, Sydney.

The Irish Catholics had a strong foothold in the colony and did not take fondly to Gregory or Poldings interference. Gregory was ordained vicar-general to Polding in 1844. At the age of 30 Gregory did not possess the diplomatic complexities required to unite the clergy and laity. Following numerous complaints from monks, clergy and laity in Sydney, Gregory was recalled and left Sydney in February 1861. He was later exonerated by the Vatican, but decided to remain in England for the remainder of his life.
Gregory Henry Gregory 1813-1877view full entry
Reference: Shanahan, Mary, Out of Time, Out of Place, Henry Gregory and the Benedictine Order in Colonial Australia,

Publishing details: Australian National University Press, 1970
Ref: 1000
Donath Klaraview full entry
Reference: see on 5 June, 2025 : 7:00 PM
at Widder Auktionen room
Kunsthandel Widder GmbH,
Johannesgasse 9-13, Vienna,.
lot 567: lot 567 - Klára Donáth (Biographical data unknown) Garden vista, 1949 …
Estimate: €200 - €400 Sale commission 24%
Description
Modern and contemporary paintings
KLÁRA DONÁTH
(Biographical data unknown)
Garden vista, 1949
oil/canvas 60,5 x 73 cm
signed Klara/Donath, dated 1949
ESTIMATE °€ 200 - € 400 STARTING PRICE € 200



KLÁRA DONÁTH - Klára Donáth (Donáth-Patay) studied art and painting in Hungary before she had to leave the university for political reasons. She trained as a costume designer and worked for various Hungarian theaters. As a result of the Hungarian Uprising in 1956, Donáth had to leave her homeland, and she emigrated to Australia. There she supported herself with various jobs to support her family, but also continued to work as an artist, particularly with textiles. Her Hungarian origins and the music of Bela Bartók were important sources of inspiration. In 1987 she received an Australia Council grant to work in the Hungarian community of Melbourne for eight months with the aim of making two large-scale wall installations for the Hungarian Community Centre in Wantina. The two installations "Soft Wall - Homage to Bartok" and "Hard Wall - Patria Dictis" , which deal with Hungary, femininity and masculinity, took four years to complete. In 1998, both works were purchased by Museums Victoria. In 1999, she gave an interview for Museums Victoria's Immigration & Artistic Practice Collection. Well-known Hungarian artists are: Béni Ferenczy, Endre Vadász, Tibor Hetényi, Tibor Gergely, Brigitta Videky, Maria Lazar, Zsigmond Cselényi Walleshausen, Geza Boross, Ibolya Csengery, Gitta Genes, Ferenc Erdély, Ilona Bereczky, Olga Székely-Kovács, Maria Barta, Alice Endresz, Jenö Szabados, Gyula Derkovits, Josef Rippl-Ronay, Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Victor Vasarely and Vilmos Aba-Novak.


Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine ‘The Art that Made me’,
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Bew South Wales Members, June - July 2925
Atienza Marthaview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine, article by Elena Dias-Jayasinha
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Bew South Wales Members, June - July 2925
Warner Adeleview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine, article by Emma McLean
Publishing details: Art Gallery of Bew South Wales Members, June - July 2925
Gemes Junoview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, profile by Candida Baker, p 18-23, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
artists’ modelsview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, ‘Exposed and Composed’, article by Deborah Beck, p48-53, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Ref: 148
models - artists’ modelsview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, ‘Exposed and Composed’, article by Deborah Beck, p48-53, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Blackman Barbara artists’ modelview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, ‘Exposed and Composed’, article by Deborah Beck, p48-53, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Roxon Lillian artists’ modelview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, ‘Exposed and Composed’, article by Deborah Beck, p48-53, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Robinson Roland artists’ modelview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, ‘Exposed and Composed’, article by Deborah Beck, p48-53, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Lee Ritaq artists’ modelview full entry
Reference: see Open Book magazine, ‘Exposed and Composed’, article by Deborah Beck, p48-53, illustrated
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Rae Johnview full entry
Reference: in Open Book magazine,’George Street Looking Back?’ article by Penny Russell and Martyn Jolly, 82- 87, illustrated.
Publishing details: State Library of New South wales, Winter 2025.
Ref: 3
Kenyon Georgeview full entry
Reference: from DAAO: Sketcher and miner, was mining at Mount Alexander and Forest Creek in Castlemaine, Victoria in 1851-52. A group of naive goldfields watercolours he made several years later depict the Ovens district as it was at that time. Mount Alexander 1851 (1861, LT SLV), Commissioners Camp, Forest Creek 1852 (1861, CAG), Gold Diggers at Castlemaine (1855, LT SLV), Forest Creek, 1852 (1861, LT SLV) and The Black Forest 1852 (1857 and 1859, LT SLV) include crudely drawn but lively miners with picks, shovels and puddling tools at work on these alluvial fields. Kenyon also painted a watercolour view of Canvas Town, South Melbourne 1852 (LT SLV), so obviously returned to Melbourne that year.
Heng Euanview full entry
Reference: see Dreweatts 1759, auction, 19th Jun 2025
Lot: 1076
λ EUAN HENG (SCOTTISH B. 1945)SEATED FIGURE IN PURPLEOil on canvas Signed twice and inscribed with artist's address (verso)76 x 61cm (29¾ x 24 in.)Provenance:Sale, Lyon & Turnbull, Edinburgh, 16 August 2018, 181This work is one of the artist's earliest student paintings completed whilst studying at Duncan Jordanstone College of Art in 1972. Euan Heng was born in Oban, Argyllshire, Scotland in 1945 and has lived in Australia since 1977. Between 1960 and 1970 the artist was employed in various occupations, including four years as a merchant seaman travelling worldwide. He completed undergraduate and post graduate studies at Duncan of Jordanstone College of Art, University of Dundee, Scotland and the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology University, Melbourne. Heng has exhibited extensively in Australia and abroad and his work is represented in major public and university museum collections in all states of Australia and in Scotland including, the Art Gallery of New South Wales, National Gallery of Australia, National Gallery of Victoria, Queensland Art Gallery & Gallery of Modern Art, Heide Museum of Modern Art and the Hunterian Museum and Art Gallery, Glasgow. Now retired from his role as Associate Professor in Graduate Research at Monash University, Melbourne. Heng has participated in visiting artist/lectureships and residencies in Australia, Scotland, New Zealand, Italy, Hong Kong and Macao, including the Australia Council Residency at the British School at Rome in 1999, a Royal Scottish Academy/Creative Scotland Residency in Scotland in 2010 and at Deakin University to participate in the 2018 Drawing Room Project. In 2004 he received the Australian Council for University Art and Design Schools Distinguished Research Award and in 2018, the Australian Print Workshop George Collie Memorial Award. The artist is represented by: Niagara Galleries, Melbourne and The Scottish Gallery, Edinburgh.Measurements do not include the frame unless specified. Please note Dreweatts are not liable for damage to frames or mounts.
Australian Jewellery Toposview full entry
Reference: Australian Jewellery Topos: Talking About Place: Eighteen Contemporary Australian Jewellers , by Robert Baines; Nicole Polentas; Melissa Miller

Publishing details: Australian, scholarly publish, 2010, Paperback. 80 pages.
Ref: 1000
Baines Robertview full entry
Reference: see Australian Jewellery Topos: Talking About Place: Eighteen Contemporary Australian Jewellers , by Robert Baines; Nicole Polentas; Melissa Miller

Publishing details: Australian, scholarly publish, 2010, Paperback. 80 pages.
Polentas Nicoleview full entry
Reference: see Australian Jewellery Topos: Talking About Place: Eighteen Contemporary Australian Jewellers , by Robert Baines; Nicole Polentas; Melissa Miller

Publishing details: Australian, scholarly publish, 2010, Paperback. 80 pages.
Miller Melissa
view full entry
Reference: see Australian Jewellery Topos: Talking About Place: Eighteen Contemporary Australian Jewellers , by Robert Baines; Nicole Polentas; Melissa Miller

Publishing details: Australian, scholarly publish, 2010, Paperback. 80 pages.
Port Phillip Bay paintingsview full entry
Reference: see see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Carse James Howe Dromana recently attributed p43-5view full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Boyd Emma Minnie work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Robertson Thomas work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Roberts Tom Mentine is illustrated and one otherview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Barnes Robert English engraver work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Sambourne Linley Edward engraver work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Hustwick Frank work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
McRae Tommy work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Becker Ludwig work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Liardet W F E works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Bennett Charles work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Duke William Geelong 1851 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Davies Henry Eason St Kilda Beach 1856 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Norton Charles work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Brierly Oswald work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Davis J work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Catani Ugo works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Bruce Robert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Turner Charles engraver work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Harris J 1869 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Mather John work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Patterson Ambrose Port Melbourne c1911 illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Tibbits William work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Calvert Samuel engraver bwork illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Macfarlane J work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Power Harold Septimus work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Conder Charles works illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Sea of dreams - the lure of Port Phillip Bay 1830-1914. An exclusive Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition.
7 December 2011 - 19 February 2012.
Contributors: Jane Alexander, Patricia Tyron Macdonald, David Dunstan, Cindy McCreery, Leigh Astbury.Contains bibliograpical references. Some biographical information on artists included in text. If a work is illustrated there is often also biographical information on the artist.
Publishing details: Mornington Peninsula, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2012, 81 p. : ill.,
Shakespeare John cartoonistview full entry
Reference: see illustrated obituary in Sydney Morning Herald, 11 June, 2025, pages 8-9..
and article by Peter Fitzsimons in SMH sports section, 13.6.25, p55.
Ref: 148
Coutts Gordonview full entry
Reference: see Lawrences Auctioneers of Crewkerne
, UK, 10.6.25, lot 353
GORDON COUTTS (1868-1937). PORTRAIT OF PROFESSOR FRANK E. DOWN. GORDON COUTTS (1868-1937). PORTRAIT OF PROFESSOR FRANK E. DOWN. Seated at a piano, wearing a dark suit, signed and dated 1897, oil on canvas 108 x 141cm.; 130 x 160cm overall. *CR A few surface blemishes; needs a light clean.

Hong Fuview full entry
Reference: Fu Hong - Luminous Season, at Lauraine Diggins Fine Art June 2025
Publishing details: Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Satchell Edgarview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Rare Book Auctions, June 15, 2025, lot 66: Edgar Satchell Signed 

Bookplate Ex Libris Colin Earle 

Engraved bookplate 17x8cm. Signed in Pencil by Satchell along the bottom. A little foxed else good. 

Edgar Satchell was a Western Australian artist member of the Australian Ex-Libris Society. He exhibited in a woodcuts exhibition at Tyrell's gallery in 1923.
Kenyon Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Aalders auction, 14.6.25
, lot lot 184 - Retrieving the Bones of Robert O'Hara Burke oil on cardboard laid on panel unsigned, inscriptions verso 19cm x 29cm Exhibited: 1978: 'The Explorers', S.E Ervin Gallery, National Trust, 14th Oct- 26th Nov, Cat. No.67. [In the Ervin catalogue it was attributed to George Kenyon and titled ‘Retrieving the bones of Burke’.] Catalogue Note: The tree to the far right of the work bears the inscription 'R.H.B/6.1861'. Robert O'Hara Burke died 29/06/1861 and was initially buried by members of The Relief Expedition, which under the leadership of Alfred William Howitt (1830-1908), set out to establish the fate of the ill-fated Burke and Wills Expedition. Howitt then returned in 1862 to recover the bodies of Burke and Wills for reinternment at the Melbourne General Cemetery.

Estimate A$300-A$500 SOLD 1300

For George Kenyon see McCulloch Alan, Artists of the Australian Gold Rush + DAAO

Claxton Marshallview full entry
Reference: see Mullock Jones auction UK, 29.6.2025, lot 303: India and Punjab - Sketches of Native Life in India and Sikh Horse, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled Sketches of Native Life in India 1858, from drawings from the sketch-book of Mr Marshall Claxton. The engraving depicts a Sikh Horse, a Calcutta Syce, a Native Woman from Upper India, Sepoy Encampment at Barrackpore, Hunting Leopard Bengal, and a Burmese Harp and Indian Flute. Engraved dimensions (approx): 36cm x 24cm. Light ageing and foxing. India And Punjab - Osman Khan Wazeer to Shah Soojah, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled Osman Khan, Wuzeer to Shah Soojah 1858, from a drawing by W J Carpenter. Osman Khan was employed by the English Government and was in the Fort of Attock when it came under attack by the Sikhs during the Second Anglo-Sikh War. On the settlement of Punjab, he retired to Peshawar. Engraved dimensions (approx): 22.5cm x 16.5cm. Light ageing and foxing. India And Punjab - The Main Street of Agra, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled The Main Street of Agra 1858. The engraving depicts a busy market scene. Agra is a city on the banks of the Yamuna River in the Indian state of Uttar Pradesh. Engraved dimensions (approx): 34.5cm x 23.5cm. Light ageing and foxing. India and Punjab - The Bazaar Oodipoor Rajpootana, 1858 - an original ILN wood engraving titled The Bazaar Oodipoor Rajpootana, 1858 from a drawing by W Carpenter. The engraving depicts a busy market scene with a domed building in the centre. Udaipur is a city in the state of Rajasthan, India, and was founded in 1558 by Udai Singh II of the Sisodia clan of Rajput. It is the historic capital of the Kingdom of Mewar. Engraved dimensions (approx): 24cm x 35cm. Light ageing and foxing (4)
Maudsley Helenview full entry
Reference: SEE A city in the distance: Helen Maudsley
Overshadowed by her more famous spouse, the nearly 98-year-old is a great who has delivered a lifetime’s worth of inquiring, abstract works by  Quentin Sprague, in The Monthly, extract:
I don’t recall the first time I saw a painting by Helen Maudsley, but I certainly recall the feeling it left me with: a kind of niggling bemusement that threatened, ever so slightly, to tip into something outright unsettling.
The work itself would have been one like Renewal, to find permission (1989), which is held in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria, and which many would argue comes at a high point of the artist’s career: a period in which she consolidated the long promise of her practice into relatively large-scale and often highly intricate compositions. That painting, like many Maudsley paintings before or since, is difficult to put into words. It’s complex, constructed shallowly on the picture plane from sectional forms that have been either folded or unfurled into highly mannered geometric arrangements that recall the architectural follies of a partially completed cityscape. From there, the visual associations keep coming, even as the imagery, such as it is, remains stubbornly obscure. One senses a bustling future world precisely imagined from the mid-century past. Or a blueprint for a vast ribbon factory. Or an early gene-splicing experiment rendered in all its microcosmic glory. Or – and I’d hazard that this lands somewhere close to what Maudsley’s strange pictures do indeed capture – a sequence of feelings rendered as forms, each prompting the next towards some far distant revelation, which, although anticipated step by carefully weighed step, is destined to remain unknowable.
I’ve chosen Renewal, to find permission at relative random. Many works from this period – the 1980s to the early 2010s, which is roughly from when Maudsley was between 60 and 80 years of age – loosely embody the above description. Because Maudsley is among those artists for whom a practice is something like an unbroken thread along which individual works are strung. Each is different, yes, but only in subtle ways; there are few sudden breaks or stylistic shifts. Such consistency can be evidence of an artist having been captured by market expectations – by the demand for a certain kind of work. But for an artist such as Maudsley, it is evidence of something else entirely: a particularly rich creative enquiry where even the smallest of variations from one work to the next sustain a driving fascination. She returns to similar visual conundrums again and again, as if worrying at a knot. When she succeeds in untying it, she ties it again, often more elaborately, setting the challenge anew.
Consider her palette, for instance. It has always been characterised by an unusual emphasis upon emerald greens, greenish greys and purples, but at times she adds patches of warmer colour – a rich orange, perhaps, or a golden yellow – that serve to illuminate discrete sections of her compositions like beams of evening sun falling among a stand of trees. Variation might also appear at a more formal level: in the way certain elongated geometric forms, which are often rendered as open, box-like structures, slot together on the picture plane. Or at the point where these forms begin to describe actual things, among them a chair fallen on its side, or an angular light globe, its filament sending forth jagged lines of electricity. All this adds to a striking density of vision. After spending time with Maudsley’s stubborn yet generous images, one is left with the feeling of being granted access to a deeply interior world, fully formed and completely original.

Maudsley, who is now nearing 98, has been described for decades with such words as “tenacious” and “underrated”. One would think she’d lived her life in obscurity, but that isn’t strictly true. Although her work remains little known outside the art world, her tenacity is less remarkable for that fact than for the way in which she maintained her quiet, studiously obtuse practice in relation to that of her late husband, one of Australia’s most famous painters, John Brack.
In contrast to Maudsley, who exhibits under her maiden name, Brack is as close to a household name as an Australian artist might hope to become. A number of his works, particularly those from the mid-20th century, have become icons of Australian art, akin to Sidney Nolan’s celebrated paintings of Ned Kelly. Whereas Maudsley has only begun to receive significant institutional attention over the past decade or so, the National Gallery of Victoria purchased Brack’s painting The Barber’s Shop (1952) before he’d even held a solo exhibition, and went on to present his first major retrospective in 1987. By then he was already securely in the canon, a position only underscored in the decades since his death in 1999: to date, significant exhibitions of his work have been held at the National Gallery of Australia, The Art Gallery of South Australia, The Heide Museum of Modern Art, The National Portrait Gallery, and at the NGV once again (this time in 2009). But his visibility extends much further: his most famous paintings – Collins St, 5pm (1955), for instance, which offers a simple visual indictment of the rat race – have become the kind that high schoolers are asked to write essays about.

Helen Maudsley. Photograph by Emma Phillips, first published in National Gallery of Australia’s ‘The Annual’ 2023
I had thought I might arrange to visit Maudsley at her studio to talk over works in progress, or at the very least speak to her over several phone conversations. I’d read the few profiles of her that had appeared in art magazines and newspapers, and knew that although she was staunchly committed to sustaining the mystery of her work – offering little by way of direct interpretation – she was also apt to couch her practice in terms that seemed tailored to writerly interlocutors. At some stage in her long career, she had taken to referring to her paintings as “visual essays”. “When you notice something, you think about it, then you do your essay about it,” she explained to journalist Gabriella Coslovich in 2007, as if this was the most obvious, and indeed only, way to describe her paintings. I cautiously anticipated a fruitful conversation. But then the doubt set in. The more I’d looked at Maudsley’s work, the more its apparent obscurity had grown on me. In case it’s not already clear, she shares nothing of her late husband’s preference for a clearly definable subject, which she has characterised as his desire to speak directly to “the common man in the street”. It’s almost as if at some early stage of being designated the wife of a more famous husband, she’d decided to make no concessions to potential viewers at all and instead doubled down.
I pulled up an image of Renewal, to find permission on my computer screen and looked again. I began to wonder if I really wanted to know more about a work like this than what I could take from the work itself. Wasn’t that the point – that a certain kind of painting required labour to see fully, and that somewhere in this labour the artist’s intention becomes clear? Perhaps it was best for me to simply look at the practice and piece together what I could.
Ultimately, the decision was made for me. When I reached out to Maudsley’s long-term gallerist, William Nuttall, he suggested diplomatically that she “might not be up” to speaking. He put me in touch with one of her four daughters, Freda, an architect in her 70s who, like her mother, lives in suburban Melbourne. She concurred. Although Maudsley was still painting, Freda explained that she had recently begun to struggle to put her thoughts into language, and that at times this struggle could result in frustration, even distress.
When I heard this, I couldn’t help but think of a painting of Maudsley’s I had seen at an exhibition six months earlier: a near-to-square canvas of floating forms on an almost garish purple ground. These forms were mostly letters, as if words had been caught in the process of assembling or disassembling. I couldn’t help but feel that, deliberately or not, the painting attempted to catch the thing that had increasingly pressed in at the edges of each of Maudsley’s recent exhibitions of new work: the unavoidable fact of her advancing age. She’d created large-scale works such as Renewal, to find permission on and off until the early 2000s, but over the past decade or so her paintings had grown smaller and smaller. The lines in them had begun to gently shake, and the overall compositions appeared ever so slightly gauzy, as if viewed through water. To borrow her own literary analogy, they now functioned more like visual aphorisms than longform essays.
I asked Freda if these qualities, no matter how effective, could simply be understood as a faltering of capacity. She paused briefly to consider, then put it another way. She described it to me as an “emptying out” – not so much in terms of a loss but as a concentration, a stripping back to something essential before death...

This is an edited extract from What Artists See: Essays (Monash University Publishing), published July 1. 

What Artists Seeview full entry
Reference: What Artists See: Essays by Quentin Sprague.
It doesn’t matter if it is an artist or an artwork – Sprague has a rare capacity to make both speak.’ Erik Jensen, editor-in-chief of The Saturday Paper and author of Acute Misfortune: The Life and Death of Adam Cullen
‘I love the clarity and wisdom of these essays. This collection is a brilliant and insightful page-turner.’ Jennifer Higgie, author of The Mirror and the Palette and The Other Side
‘In an era of rapid scrolling, quick visual fixes and low-stakes “likes”, Quentin Sprague’s essays are a tonic – a series of sustained, richly detailed and deeply thoughtful encounters with art and the people who make it. As well as drawing us into each artist’s world with care and curiosity, this collection moves bracingly outward, exploring how art is embedded and entangled in places, histories and human relationships.’Justin Paton, head curator at the Art Gallery of New South Wales
‘Through the voices of the artists themselves, and through his observations of their work and working practices, Sprague both demystifies and recomplicates what artists see, the way they see and the things they do to manifest what they see. The artists included in the collection occupy a spectrum from the hyper-visible to the quietly inscrutable, from an Aboriginal late bloomer to a postmodern iconoclast, from artists navigating marriage to each other to the loner grappling psychosis into calibrated order. Sprague brings to his essays a forensic curiosity about the whys and ways of making, and the minutiae and idiosyncrasies of individual practices. His is a vital voice.’ Kim Mahood, author of Wandering with Intent and
Position Doubtful

Quentin Sprague is the author of The Stranger Artist, which won the 2021 Prime Minister’s Literary Award for Nonfiction, and a monograph on the late Australian painter Ken Whisson. His art criticism appears widely, including regularly in The Monthly, as well as in monographs and exhibition catalogues published by the National Gallery of Victoria, Monash University Museum of Art and the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia. He has worked variously as a curator, an academic, an art coordinator and an artist, and lives in Canberra, on Ngunnawal Country.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing, 2025, pb, 288pp.
Ref: 1009
Munro Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Herald, Melbourne, Fri 28 Apr 1933, Page 2
VICTORIAN AUTUMN ART SHOW
Painter of Promise
JOHN MUNRO makes his first appearance as an exhibiter
Sanders Bobview full entry
Reference: see Michael's Gallery auction, US, Jun 29, 2025 ,seascapes, 5 lots 1152 and following
Bob Sanders was born in Leeds in 1954 and attended school in London. Bob later spent 6 years travelling abroad in America, Australia and New Zealand and while in Australia he studied for a year at the University of New South Wales. On returning to England, he studied at the Barking College of Art where he also lectured in graphic design. Since 1974 he has been fully committed to his career as an artist and printmaker. His work has been widely exhibited in the UK, USA, Europe, Australia, New Zealand and Israel and is found in private and public art collections throughout the world.

Source: https://www.qart.com/bob-sanders-biographies/

Gill H Pview full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Balcombe Thomas p129view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Mason Walter G p129view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Strutt Williamview full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Angas G F p132-136 etcview full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Cawthorne W A p138-143 etcview full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Gill S T p144-149 159view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Skipper J M p151-155view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Hill Charles p156-158view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Dowling Robert p160-164view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
von Guerard Eugene p164-172view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Blandowski William v 1822 p172-5 179 181view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Krefft Gerard p 175-6view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Becker Ludwig p183-190view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Callvert Samuel 1828-1913 p192view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Lacy George p193view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Opie Edward p71 view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Davenport Robert p60view full entry
Reference: see Alexander Schramm (1813-64) and the visual representation of Aboriginal people in mid-nineteenth century colonial Australia, by Susan Woodburn. Thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Art History
School of Humanities

Publishing details: University of Adelaide
October 2017
Nungurrayi Naata view full entry
Reference: Naata Nungurrayi : the late works
Publishing details: Melbourne : Badger Editions, deluxe edition 2015. Quarto, decorated cloth in matching slipcase, pp. 23, plus 155 images of works by the artist, enhanced by the inclusion of six original photographs of the artist by Ken McGregor, each signed by the mark ‘X’ by the artist, and with an original etching by Nungurrayi, limited to 20 copies, …


Ref: 1000
Adams Tateview full entry
Reference: Tate Adams : In Black and White.
‘This richly detailed biography, with almost 200 illustrations and extensive biographical and bibliographical data, records the life of an artist Tate Adams, whose influence on Australia’s post-war art scene was significant in numerous ways.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Hardie Grant Australia, 2024. Octavo, illustrated boards, pp. 287, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Robertson-Swann Ron view full entry
Reference: Ron Robertson-Swann. Form as narrative.
Publishing details: Orange : Orange Festival of Art, 1985. Folio, exhibition catalogue, pp. [12], illustrated in black and white.
Ref: 1000
Rogers Andrewview full entry
Reference: Andrew Rogers : geoglyphs, rhythms of life
Publishing details: Milano, Italy : Charta, c2009. Large, thick quarto, boards in dustjacket, pp. 461, illustrated. The deluxe edition, limited to 100 copies, housed in a black clamshell box, with separate black cloth portfolio containing two original signed screenprints by the artist.
Ref: 1000
Designing Placeview full entry
Reference: Designing Place - A, by Lisa Byrne, Harriet Edquist & Laurene Vaughan (editors)
n Archaeology of the Western District
‘ Designing Place is a beautifully produced book that brings together some of Australia’s foremost artists and intellectuals in a project that investigates the meaning of ‘place’ by focusing on the Western District of Victoria. The artworks include the Stony Rises Project and rare images from the celebrated 19th Century painter, Eugene Von Guerard. This book is beautifully produced and brings together some of Australia’s foremost artists and intellectuals in a project that investigates the meaning of place focusing on the Western district of Victoria. From RMIT Gallery: The Stony Rises Project brings together 10 contemporary artists and designers in an investigation of the rich, layered histories of the Western District of Victoria.. Following a four-day artists’ camp in April 2009, artists Carmel Wallace, Gini Lee, Jenny Lowe, Kit Wise, Laurene Vaughan, Lesley Duxbury, Marion Manifold, Ruth Johnstone, Seth Keen and Vicki Couzens created works in response to the area to the southeast, south and southwest of Lake Corangamite distinguished by the basalt rocks erupting from the landscape forming Stony Rises, as well as volcanic cones and crater lakes.Designers, artists, curators and community members were able to interact with and learn from each other in order to create informed works. The resulting exhibition focuses on the histories of the area, the intricate relationships of people with place, foreigners on new lands, and colonial and Indigenous narratives. A fully illustrated publication Designing Place. An Archeology of the Western District has been produced, with essays by project curators Lisa Byrne, Professor Harriet Edquist, Associate Professor Laurene Vaughan and other scholars, to accompany the exhibition. This publication and exhibition at RMIT Gallery facilitated a unique collaboration and intersection of creative practices – the artist, the designer, the architect, the landscape architect, the historian, the geologist, and the landscape archaeologist.’ – the publisher.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Melbourne Books, 2010. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 160, illustrated.
Ref: 1009
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: see Designing Place - A, by Lisa Byrne, Harriet Edquist & Laurene Vaughan (editors)
n Archaeology of the Western District
‘ Designing Place is a beautifully produced book that brings together some of Australia’s foremost artists and intellectuals in a project that investigates the meaning of ‘place’ by focusing on the Western District of Victoria. The artworks include the Stony Rises Project and rare images from the celebrated 19th Century painter, Eugene Von Guerard. This book is beautifully produced and brings together some of Australia’s foremost artists and intellectuals in a project that investigates the meaning of place focusing on the Western district of Victoria. From RMIT Gallery: The Stony Rises Project brings together 10 contemporary artists and designers in an investigation of the rich, layered histories of the Western District of Victoria.. Following a four-day artists’ camp in April 2009, artists Carmel Wallace, Gini Lee, Jenny Lowe, Kit Wise, Laurene Vaughan, Lesley Duxbury, Marion Manifold, Ruth Johnstone, Seth Keen and Vicki Couzens created works in response to the area to the southeast, south and southwest of Lake Corangamite distinguished by the basalt rocks erupting from the landscape forming Stony Rises, as well as volcanic cones and crater lakes.Designers, artists, curators and community members were able to interact with and learn from each other in order to create informed works. The resulting exhibition focuses on the histories of the area, the intricate relationships of people with place, foreigners on new lands, and colonial and Indigenous narratives. A fully illustrated publication Designing Place. An Archeology of the Western District has been produced, with essays by project curators Lisa Byrne, Professor Harriet Edquist, Associate Professor Laurene Vaughan and other scholars, to accompany the exhibition. This publication and exhibition at RMIT Gallery facilitated a unique collaboration and intersection of creative practices – the artist, the designer, the architect, the landscape architect, the historian, the geologist, and the landscape archaeologist.’ – the publisher.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Melbourne Books, 2010. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 160, illustrated.
Cutting through timeview full entry
Reference: Cutting through time. Cressida Campbell, Margaret Preston, and the Japanese Print. Catalogue for the exhibition of the same name. .
‘This exceptionally beautiful Geelong Gallery-curated exhibition will examine the influence of Japanese woodblock prints (ukiyo-e) on the famed contemporary Australian painter and printmaker, Cressida Campbell (born 1960), and on the groundbreaking modernist painter and printmaker, Margaret Preston (1875–1963).
This will be the first significant exhibition in Victoria for more than a decade focused on Margaret Preston, one of Australia’s most beloved modernist printmakers, and one that will celebrate the remarkable contemporary artist, Cressida Campbell. The exhibition presents their work in the context of their love of, and the influence on their work of, the serene aesthetics and sophistication of historical Japanese ukiyo-e woodcut prints.
Cutting Through Time—Cressida Campbell, Margaret Preston, and the Japanese Print, takes its lead from Geelong Gallery’s significant print holdings, chiefly Margaret Preston’s dazzlingly beautiful hand-coloured woodcut Fuchsia and balsam 1928 (purchased in 1982), and a suite of prized Japanese ukiyo-e prints from the late 18th to mid-19th centuries (in the Gallery’s collection since the 1950s).
This exclusive Geelong Gallery exhibition will present Campbell’s and Preston’s diverse approaches to painted woodblock and printmaking, and adoption of Japanese ukiyo-e compositional approaches, as part of their wider interest in and respect for diverse cultures. Works will be drawn from the significant holdings of Preston’s works in the National Gallery of Australia and Art Gallery of New South Wales, as well as many private collectors of Campbell’s highly sought-after prints and painted woodblocks.  ‘ – Geelong Gallery website

Publishing details: Geelong : Geelong Gallery, 2024. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 96, illustrated.
Ref: 1009
Campbell Cressidaview full entry
Reference: see Cutting through time. Cressida Campbell, Margaret Preston, and the Japanese Print. Catalogue for the exhibition of the same name. .
‘This exceptionally beautiful Geelong Gallery-curated exhibition will examine the influence of Japanese woodblock prints (ukiyo-e) on the famed contemporary Australian painter and printmaker, Cressida Campbell (born 1960), and on the groundbreaking modernist painter and printmaker, Margaret Preston (1875–1963).
This will be the first significant exhibition in Victoria for more than a decade focused on Margaret Preston, one of Australia’s most beloved modernist printmakers, and one that will celebrate the remarkable contemporary artist, Cressida Campbell. The exhibition presents their work in the context of their love of, and the influence on their work of, the serene aesthetics and sophistication of historical Japanese ukiyo-e woodcut prints.
Cutting Through Time—Cressida Campbell, Margaret Preston, and the Japanese Print, takes its lead from Geelong Gallery’s significant print holdings, chiefly Margaret Preston’s dazzlingly beautiful hand-coloured woodcut Fuchsia and balsam 1928 (purchased in 1982), and a suite of prized Japanese ukiyo-e prints from the late 18th to mid-19th centuries (in the Gallery’s collection since the 1950s).
This exclusive Geelong Gallery exhibition will present Campbell’s and Preston’s diverse approaches to painted woodblock and printmaking, and adoption of Japanese ukiyo-e compositional approaches, as part of their wider interest in and respect for diverse cultures. Works will be drawn from the significant holdings of Preston’s works in the National Gallery of Australia and Art Gallery of New South Wales, as well as many private collectors of Campbell’s highly sought-after prints and painted woodblocks.  ‘ – Geelong Gallery website

Publishing details: Geelong : Geelong Gallery, 2024. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 96, illustrated.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Cutting through time. Cressida Campbell, Margaret Preston, and the Japanese Print. Catalogue for the exhibition of the same name. .
‘This exceptionally beautiful Geelong Gallery-curated exhibition will examine the influence of Japanese woodblock prints (ukiyo-e) on the famed contemporary Australian painter and printmaker, Cressida Campbell (born 1960), and on the groundbreaking modernist painter and printmaker, Margaret Preston (1875–1963).
This will be the first significant exhibition in Victoria for more than a decade focused on Margaret Preston, one of Australia’s most beloved modernist printmakers, and one that will celebrate the remarkable contemporary artist, Cressida Campbell. The exhibition presents their work in the context of their love of, and the influence on their work of, the serene aesthetics and sophistication of historical Japanese ukiyo-e woodcut prints.
Cutting Through Time—Cressida Campbell, Margaret Preston, and the Japanese Print, takes its lead from Geelong Gallery’s significant print holdings, chiefly Margaret Preston’s dazzlingly beautiful hand-coloured woodcut Fuchsia and balsam 1928 (purchased in 1982), and a suite of prized Japanese ukiyo-e prints from the late 18th to mid-19th centuries (in the Gallery’s collection since the 1950s).
This exclusive Geelong Gallery exhibition will present Campbell’s and Preston’s diverse approaches to painted woodblock and printmaking, and adoption of Japanese ukiyo-e compositional approaches, as part of their wider interest in and respect for diverse cultures. Works will be drawn from the significant holdings of Preston’s works in the National Gallery of Australia and Art Gallery of New South Wales, as well as many private collectors of Campbell’s highly sought-after prints and painted woodblocks.  ‘ – Geelong Gallery website

Publishing details: Geelong : Geelong Gallery, 2024. Quarto, illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 96, illustrated.
Drinkwater Jamesview full entry
Reference: James Drinkwater : encrusting the marvellous heart
Publishing details: Melbourne : Badger Editions, 2016. Folio, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 173, illustrated. Designed by Jenny Zimmer. Printed in a limited edition of 100 copies,
Ref: 1000
Merrifield Leonard Stanford sculpture of a diggerview full entry
Reference: see Stride & Son Auctions Ltd, UK, 19-20.6.25, lot 222 Leonard Stanford Merrifield, a bronze figure of a soldier, signed, on marble base, 22cm high.
L S Merrifield was a British sculptor, notable for public monuments. 

Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museumview full entry
Reference: Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Aboriginal people in artview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

colonial artview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Prout John Skinner Portraits by chapter 3view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Smith Lieutenant-Colonel Charles Hamilton ethnological drawings of chapter 3view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Lewin John William Blueit, 1810view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Lesueur, 1807-1811view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Rodius Charles 1834-35. view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Robinson G A, 1829-1839 ‘The pictorial collection of George Augustus Robinson’view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Gould William Buelow portrait of Tom 1833view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Duterrau Benjamin , Woureddy [Wurati], 1834 and The Conciliation p152view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Lempriere Thomas view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Law Benjamin view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Glover Johnview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Merrett Charles view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Bock homas view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Strutt Williamview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Gill S Tview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Caldwell Jview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Webber Johnview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Preston Walterview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Browne Richardview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Fernyhough W Hview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Gosse Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Hawkins Louise Leila Waterhouse c.1862.view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Roberts Tomview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Dowling Robert Hawker view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Arago J E V Narrative of a Voyage round the world, 1822view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Neele Samuel John 1804view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Lycett Josephview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Wallis Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Port Jackson Painterview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Watling Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Roger Barthélemy after Nicolas-Martin Petitview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Petit Nicolas-Martin view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

King Philip Gidley, 1793view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Earle Augustusview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Westall Williamview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

McClatchy A after Thomas Hosmer Shepherdview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Shepherd Thomas Hosmer view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Angas G Fview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Mitchell Robert 1801view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Dale Robertview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Havell Robertview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Gray G watercolour after Bock c.1837-1847; p75view full entry
Reference: see Picturing Indigenous Australia
in the British Museum, by Mary F. McMahon
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D),
Royal Holloway, University of London,
through a Collaborative Doctoral Award
partnership with The British Museum, 2021.
Abstract
Colonial depictions of Aboriginal people have been held in museums in the United
Kingdom since the nineteenth century, often treated as supplementary to
ethnographic object collections. Prior to entering these institutions, they played an
influential part in ‘knowledge’ generation and imperial messaging in Britain. This
thesis investigates the significant pictorial collection of early colonial representations
of Indigenous Australians in drawings, paintings and print held in the Department
of Africa, Oceania and the Americas at the British Museum, to illuminate their role
in colonial, imperial and Australian Indigenous histories. Together with images in
the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Museum, and related institutions,
this collection contains works by many well-known colonial artists working in early-
nineteenth-century Australia. They demonstrate the range of visual records
circulating to Britain in the early-nineteenth century and how pictorial works
informed public understanding of colonial acts and ideas of humanity and
civilisation, when both concepts were in flux across Britain’s empire.
To explore what pictorial records can tell us about perceptions of race and
colonisation in the nineteenth century, this study asks how were images of
Aboriginal Australians produced in the colonies c.1800-1860 collected and then
circulated to Britain? How were they acquired and interpreted by British individuals,
public audiences and institutions, and drawn into categories of ‘art’ and
‘ethnography’? What role did these visual images play in the broader aims and
ambitions of the British Museum in the nineteenth century? This thesis examines
sites of consumption in Britain: in colonial collections; scientific collections;
exhibitions and the popular press; and in the museum. It argues that colonial
representations of Indigenous Australians and the historic use of this material
should be acknowledged in museums today and utilised to confront the legacies of
colonial knowledge making.

Barabbas Claud Mayrhofer Vienna 1943-- 2009 Bendigoview full entry
Reference: see Tiberius Auktionen GmbH auction
Claus Mayrhofer Barabbas
Vienna 1943 - 2009 Bendigo
Meditation
1971
Oil on panel
33.5 x 25 cm, with frame 42 x 33 cm
Exhibited Galerie Peithner Lichtenfehls, Vienna 1996, Vienna, 9-11 July, 2025 lot 126:
Steele Elaineview full entry
Reference: see Swan Fine Art auction, UK, 2-3 July, 29025, lot 635: ELAINE STEELE, A 20TH CENTURY AUSTRALIAN PASTEL GROUP PORTRAIT Figures with dancers, signed lower right, framed and glazed. (image approx 47cm x 56cm) Condition: good
Colville George 1887-1970 with biographical dertailsview full entry
Reference: see South Dublin Auction, Timed Summer Sale Starts Monday the 23rd of June, 2025, lot 72 'George Colville (1887-1970)' An original 'George Colville (1887-1970)' watercolour on paper painting titled 'Old Houses, Frankfurt'. Features a masterful balance of detail and atmosphere. Rendered in both controlled, expressive and fine, deliberate strokes bringing clarity to the architectural lines. Characterised by loose washes conveying the play of light and shadow. Colville’s use of light, transparent washes creates a sense of depth and atmosphere, while his occasional dry brush accents highlight texture. Titled lower left. Signed lower right. Artist's name and title engraved to matting. Housed in a gilt frame behind glass. MM: 40 x 51 cm including frame Born in Aberdeen, Scotland in 1887, George Colville moved to Australia in 1892. Around 1910 he began studying painting at the National Gallery of Victoria School of Art under Frederick McCubbin and Bernard Hall. In 1914, Colville enlisted and served overseas for four years in Cairo and Alexandria, Egypt, and France and England. Although not an official war artist, he produced sketches and news sheets for fellow soldiers in Gallipoli; in France, he sketched the countryside.After returning to Australia in 1950, Colville won the Albury Prize for oil painting in 1951. Colville continued to paint until his death in Melbourne in 1970 at the age of 83.
O’Brien Justin Icons exhibition 2025view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Queen Street
WOOLLAHRA NSW 2025
23 JUNE – 12 JULY 2025
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons
Smith & Singer are delighted to announce Justin O’Brien: Icons, a landmark exhibition of twelve significant works by the celebrated Australian artist.  This momentous event marks the first major commercial exhibition of O’Brien’s work in Sydney in more than three decades. 
Renowned for his luminous palette and spiritual iconography, Justin O’Brien’s oeuvre occupies a singular place within Australian and development of Australian art.  O’Brien’s paintings – distinguished by vibrant colours, stylised figures and contemplative symbolism – reflect a lifelong engagement with beauty, spirituality and human emotion.  O’Brien’s artistic vision was profoundly shaped by his wartime experiences, where exposure to European art and personal hardship and suffering forged his distinctive style. 
Justin O’Brien: Icons presents a highly considered and distilled survey of the artist’s work from the 1940s to the 1980s, providing rare insight into his highly individual, reflective compositions.  As Kenneth Hood observed during the National Gallery of Victoria’s 1987 tribute exhibition: ‘Always carefully and formally composed, it is the colour which first overwhelms us in Justin O’Brien’s paintings.  The juxtaposition of colours and tones is unexpected, even violent, yet the effect is never forced or gratuitous.  Justin O’Brien’s paintings are a celebration; a celebration of devoutness and piety, of the eloquence of flowers, the beauty of the young and the joys of the world.’
1
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Flight into Egypt (1945)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

2
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
The Assumption of the Virgin (1952)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

3
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Boy in a Brown Hat (1959)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

4
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Good Friday, Skyros I (1964)
SOLD
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

5
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Wild Flowers (1965)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

6
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
School Boy, Skyros (1965)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

7
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Before the Storm, Skyros (1965)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

8
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
The Kiss of Judas (1969)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

9
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Fishermen (1977)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

10
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Boy in Red Jacket in Landscape (1982)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

11
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
The Pear Vendor (1984)
JUSTIN O'BRIEN: Icons - AUEX038

12
JUSTIN O'BRIEN
1917-1996
Jesus in the House of Martha and Mary (1984)


Boyd Lucyview full entry
Reference: Lucy Boyd - Recent Paintings, at Bridget McDonnell Gallery, July 2025
The youngest daughter of Yvonne and Arthur Boyd, Lucy has been exhibiting since 1980 in London, Wales and Australia.
 
This collection features paintings of the Otways and towns along the Great Ocean Road, Melbourne and the south coast of NSW. 
Publishing details: Bridget McDonnell Gallery, , 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Rees Lloyd checklist of early oil paintingsview full entry
Reference: Draft checklist of oils by Lloyd Rees 1915-1932 (compiled c1994)
By Stephen Scheding,

Lloyd Rees's EXHIBITED OILS, 1915-1932 (derived mainly from information supplied by Alan and Jan Rees. UNEDITED.

Queensland Art Society, 27th Exhibition, 6 July 1915 (Fitzroy Chambers) 1 watercolour, one oil, 2 pen and ink sketches and 3 pencil sketches.
119 Storm Effect 2 1/2 gns

Exhibition at Miss Sheldon's Gainsborough Gallery, Brisbane, September 1918 (drawings and paintings) NO CATALOGUE FOUND
Australian Arts Club NO CATALGUE, BUT reviewed in Bulletin 18 April 1918 (Bulletin to be checked)

Society of Artists, 1918, 9 pen drawings (including No. 295 Beach Sketch 4gns). No oils.

Australian Arts Club, 1919, REVIEWS ONLY MENTION DRAWINGS
Society of Artists, 1919, 5 drawings (inc. 161 The House in the Bay 15gns), 2 oils
103 Sketch for the Farmhouse 10gns
137 a The Farmhouse, 25 gns

Solo Exhibition at Hornsby Building, Brisbane (Queensland Art Society Room),
May 1920 (12 pen drawings, 6 pencil sketches and 3 oil paintings)
1 Grey afternoon, Sydney Harbour 6gns
2 The Green Bank 6gns
3 Afternoon Sunlight 8gns

c1920 'Sydney University - Drawings by Lloyd Rees, published by Smith and Julius, 24 Bond Street, Sydney, Introduction by Basil Burdett.

Queensland Art Society, Oct. 1920
67 The Haystack 6 gns
79 Afternoon Sunset 10 gns
100 Houses in the Bay 6gns
121 Nastutiums 5gns

Society of Artists, Sept 18th 1920 (2 drawings 1 oil)
73 Pines near Brisbane, 10gns

Gayfield Shaw's Gallery, Penzance Chambers, 29 Elizabeth Street, June 28, 1921 'The Pen Drawings of Lloyd Rees and Bookbindings of Wal Taylor. 32
Exhibits by Rees, 22 exhibits by Taylor. (No 24 is titled The Bay, 10 gns and may relate to the oils 'The Little Bay' Exhibited RAS, 1921 or 'The Bay' exhibited Dec. 1922).

Solo Exhibition at Miss Sheldon's Gainsborough Gallery, Brisbane, August, 1921 (8 paintings and 14 drawings)
4 Nastutiums 6gns
5 The Shed 5gns
6 Winter Morning 6gns
7 Sweet Peas 6gns
8 Still Life n.f.s.
9 Sunrise 10gns
10 Landscape sketch 5 gns
11 Asters (ms. addition) 5gns

R.A.S.1921
Rees's Address given as 24 Bond Street, Sydney.
95 Landscape Sketch 10gns
1 Morning Sunshine 50gns
2 The Little Bay 15gns
99 The Picnic on the Rock 15 gns
101 Hydrangeas 10 gns

R.A.S. 1922
Address given as 24 Bond Street, Sydney
1 King's School, Winter Morning 12 gns
2 The Avenue, Parramatta Park 16 gns
103 The Road 12 gns
123 Geraniums 12 gns
153 The Hedge Row 10 gns

Miss Sheldon's Galleries Brisbane, August-September 1922 (includes 8 oils)
Reviews mention
Landscape
The Avenue
Great Western Road [Parramattal
The Comer House
Morning in Sydney Harbour
Geraniums

New Art Salon, 219 George Street, Sydney Dec. 1922 - January 1923 (This exhibition prior to his departure to Europe) SEE Jean Campbell for details... 5
Pen drawings, 7 pencil drawings, 25 oils.
1 Great Western Road 10gns
2 Carlingford 5gns
3 The Bridge No. 1 6gns
4 The Bridge No 2 6gns
5 Early Morning 10gns
12 The Red House 7 gns
13 The Cutting 7gns
14 Fir Trees, Parramatta Park 8gns
15 The Rotunda 7 gns
16 The Gum Tree 8gns
11 A Parramatta Lane 9gns
3 Morning Parramatta River 9gns
4 Parramatta Bridges 20gns
5 Evening, Parramatta Park 12 gns
6 Early Spring 7gns
7 Noon 12 gns
8 Afternoon Shadows
9 Storm Shadows Sgns
10 The Farm 8gns
11 The Willows 8 gns
12 The Red Bank 8gns
13 The Bay 15gns
14 The Hillside 20gns
15 Still Life, Geraniulms 10gns
16 Distant View, Parramatta 7gns

Exhibition of Australian Art, 1923, Royal Academy, London, 1 pen drawing, The Valley (CHECK)

R.A.S. 1923
No Exhibits (overseas)

Solo Exhibitions at Farmer and Co. Ltd., Sydney March 1924 (European drawings and paintings) and at Exton House Brisbane July 1924 (European drawings and paintings)
3 The Dome, St Paul's 20gns
4 An Aisle, St Paul's 20gns
5 Interior St Paul's 12gns
4 A Window St .Paul's 8 gns
6 The River at Richmond 8gns
7 Battersea Bridge, London 6 gns
8 The Embackment, London, 8gns
9 Evening, Cornwall 5gns
10 Plymouth Hoe 7gns
11 Deserted Fort, Plymouth 5gns
12 Cornish Fishing Village 10gns
13 Street, Kingsand, Cornwell 7gns
14 Morning, Cornish Village 12 gns
15 An English Farm 9gns

17 An English Farm House 15gns
18 Street, Cawsand, Cornwall 12 gns
19 Convent in Rome 5gns
20 Valle Giulia, Rome
21 Villa Medici, Rome 15 gns
22 Chapel of St. Sebastian, Rome 8gns
23 The Borghese Gardens 9gns
23 A Roman Bridge 7 gns
17 Arch of Titus, Rome 6gns
18 St. Peter's from the Pincio 10gns

Old Smuggler's Cottages, Cornwall 12 gns [Reproduced 'Art in Australia' No. 8

Exton House, Queen Street, Brisbane, July 1924 (Sheldon's Gallery?) The exhibition included Wal Taylor's bookbindings (Exhibition mentioned at the end of the article by Basil Burdett in 'The Later Work of Lloyd Rees' in 'The Queensiand Magazine, July 1924, p28)
6 St. Peter's, Rome 7gns
7 Villa Medici Rome 8gns
8 Plymouth Sound 8 gns
9 May's Hill Parramatta
10 Morning on the River 4 gns
11 The Lennox Bridge 5gns
12 Old Colonial Cottage 8gns
8 A Wayside House 4 gns
16 The Road to the Hills 7gns
17 The Barn Yard 12 gns [Possibly 'An Old Barn Parramatta' in Manly Art Gallery]
18 Gums on the Hill 7gns
12 A Gatekeeper's cottage 4gns
1 Old Buildings near the river 9gns
2 The Road by the Park 7gns
3 The White Bridge 10gns
4 The Corner House 7 gns
17 A Country Lane 12 gns
[Numbers 4 - 17 painted between March and June 1924 and are additional to Farmer's exhibition]

R.A.S. 1924 [Get month of exh. Note No 96 The Old Barn] Address given as 219 George Street, Sydney
1 The Old Barn 10 gns
On The Great Wester Road - (Not For Sale)
2
1 The Crest of the Hill 12 gns
2 May's Hill, Parramatta 15 gns

The New Gallery Melbourne, February 1925 (J. S. McDonald Manager), 20 pen
drawings and 26 oils. NO CATALOGUE - Information from reviews.
24 The Weir
25 Study of a Horse [but may be a drawing exhibited later in 1928 at Miss.
Sheldon's exhibition]
6 St John's, Parramatta
9 The Old Colonial Garden
12 The Three Poplars
19 Old Cottage Eltham
20 Garden on the Hill
21 (Orchard)
22 Misty Morning with the Jacaranda in Bloom
24 Farm Shed
? Shadows in the Lane
? The Old Barn [if this is same as 1924 oil then it would have been lent by Manly Art Gallery]
But note that there are 2 versions of 'An Old Barn' listed in Free.
Lennox Bridge.

Grovesnor [Grosvenor?] Gallery, October 1925 Mixed Exhibition. 1 oil Winter Morning.

R.A.S. 1925
Address given as 'Bondo', Great Western Road, Parramatta
13 Lennox Bridge, Parramatta 15 gns
26 Study in a Quarry 10 gns
76 The Lane 10 gns
134 Western Road 15 gns

Grovesnor [Grosvenor?] Gallery, March, 1926
Mixed Exhibition, 1 oll
The River Bank

R.A.S. 1926
Address given as 'Bondo' Parramatta
76 The Avenue 20 gns
79 The Farmshed 12 gns
101 The Dairy - (not for sale)


R.A.S. 1927
Address given as Cowles Road, Mosman
32 Summer Morning 15 gns
70 Middle Harbour - Boys Mending Nets 15 gns
72 Balmoral 12 gns
82 Morning on the Beach 25 gns

The younger Group, Sydney, March 1927 (to check)
Hydrangeas

Did not exhibit at the RAS 1928 to 1930 inclusive.

Australian Painter-Etchers' Society, 8-23 June 1928 5 drawings.

Gainsborough Gallery, Brisbane, Sept. 1928. 12 Oils, 2 pen and ink, 2 pencil drawings
26 Hydrangeas nfs
27 Still Life 8gns
28 Afternoon Sunlight 15 gns
29 Chinaman's Beach 25 gns
30 Western Road 10 gns [sold to Mrs Hetherington]
31 Evening Glow 8 gns
32 House Boat 15gns [sold to Miss Griggs]
33 The Road to the West 20 gns
34 Boat Building 20 gns
35 The Bay 15 Gns [sold to Mr Smith, according to Miss Sheldon's account book.
A contemporaneous review in a Brisbane newspaper states: 'In 'The Bay', an admirably treated oil, there is a real poetic feeling and a spirit of mystery. It is the most attractive picture in the show'
21 Looking Towards the Heads 20gns
22 The Waterside Cafe

Society Of Artists Exhibition 1929
No 151, Summer, 30 gns [Probably 'Summer Morning Chinaman's Beach. Refer Saville Cat. From Rushton's]
1931 Society of Artists, 9 pencil drawings, no oils

Macquarie Galleries Decemcer 1931, (7 watercolours, 24 pencil drawings)

R.A.S. August 1931
2 The Road to the Mountains 25 gns
4 Still Life 15gns
55 Chinaman's Beach 25 gns
93 The French Jug 15gbns
96 The Spanish Bowl 20 gns
99 Autumn 30 gns
13 An Italian Villa 20gns
14 Corner of an Italian Garden 8 gns
110 An Italian Farmhouse 8gns
115 The Basilica of S. Maria Maggiore, Rome 8gns

Miss Sheldon's Gainsborough Gallery, Brisbane May, 1932 (6 drawings, 1 oil)
Still Life - cauliflower, egg, apple and onion

OILS SIGHTED SINCE 1969. Using Renee Free's catalogue (her numbers, Ted Craig's Art Auction Records etc.

36 Berry's Bay 1918
37 Old Boats in Berry's Bay 1918 (probably 'Old Boats Wollstonecraft Bay in
AGNSW, Illus. 'An Artist Remembers')
23 The Hill Top, Old Cremorne 1918 (Coll Alan and Jan Rees)Also exh University of Melb. 1981
24 Near Old Cremorne Wharf, Mosman Bay (Craig/GKG/86)(Craig/SA/85)
03 Coolangatta 1919
- House in the Valley c1919 owned by Clarice Thomas (may relate to the series of drwaings with this title of 1918-19 of Cooper Park, Bellevue Hill. These drawings were done at night. See AGNSW Quarterly, Oct '69.
15 The deserted Selection 1918-20
16 Roses 1919 (may be same as Vase of Roses Craig/SA/88)
17 Bowl of Hydrangeas c1921 (Free gives c1920)SEE ABOVE
08 Near Our Flat 1920-21 (Craig/CM/81)
19 Study of a Horse (c1922 Craig/SA/88)
20 Parramatta Park c1922 (Craig/PP/82) SEE ABOVE
21 The Red House (Craig SA/90) May be 1922/23 exh SEE ABOVE
5 Plymouth Sound 1923 SEE ABOVE
6 English Cottage 1923 SEE ABOVE
- Rural Cottage 1923 (Craig/SA/90) May be 010 011 A Cornish Village 1923 SEE ABOVE
012 The Old Fort, Portsmouth Harbour 1923 SEE ABOVE
013 A Cornish Farm 1923 SEE ABOVE
014 Cornish Coast 1923 SEE ABOVE
- Interior St Paul's 1923 ( Illustrated 'An Artist Remembers', Private Coll.)
3 Villa Medici, Rome 1924 SEE ABOVE
4 The Borghese Gardens, Rome 1924 SEE ABOVE
5 Church of San Sebastian, Rome 1924 SEE ABOVE
6 An Old Barn Parramatta 1924 SEE ABOVE
- Cottage Parramatta c1924
(Craig/JRL/87)
3 An Old Barn, Parramatta I| Ex Coll. RH SMITH (same composition as previous one) This would explain painting of same title as one which was gifted to Manly Art Gallery being exhibited a year later
4 Stables at Parramatta 1924. J. D and G. D. Smith ex Coll. A.H. Smith, Brismane (Is this same Smith that purchased the Bay?)
5 House at Parramatta 1924 SEE ABOVE, possibly 1922 and /or 1924
⁃ A Street on Parramatta 1924 (Craig SA/88)
Morning at Parramatta River (exh University Gallery, University of
Melbourne 1981 as Coll. The Artist) May be 1922 as it is not dated SEE ABOVE
025 Autumn Mist Parramatta 1925 SEE ABOVE (Craig SA/88)
-The Crest of the Hill 1925 (Craig/SA/88)
026 Middle Harbour 1926 ex coll. RH Smith SEE ABOVE 1927 Middle Harbour - Boys Mending Nets
-Balmoral 1927 (coll. Alan and Jan Rees).
38 The Houseboat 1926-27 Reproduced in 'An Artist Remembers (private collection)
39 Afternoon Middle Harbour 1927?
40 The Road to the Mountains 1927 (1924?) SEE ABOVE
41 Balmoral 1927
42 Chinaman's Beach 1927 SEE ABOVE (Craig/ER/87)
43 View in Sydney Harbour 1927 was with Dr A Wallace Weihen in 1942 but whereabouts unknown in 1969]
44 Hydrangeas 1927 SEE ABOVE 1927 and/or 1928
(Craig/LJ/84)(Craig/CH/86)(Craig /SA/91) One is 22x30 and the other 27x34.5. At least 2 paintings therefore with this title.
034 Morning Near Parramatta 1927
Still Life 1928 Exh Bathurst 1984. May be same as 038 etc)
25 The Deserted Railway 1928
26 The Waterside Cafe 1927 Free gives date as 1929. (exhibited Bathurst
1984 as The Old Cafe at the Spit, 1927) Private Collection. Illus 'Landscape Painters of Today, 1929)
18 Zinneas 1929
19 Still Life 1931 SEE ABOVE Sheldon 1932
20 Still Life with Cauliflower c1931?
21 Still Life with Cauliflower and Egg 1931
22 Geraniums 193-? Note (a painting of this title exhibited R.A.S. 1922 and Miss Sheldon's Gallery 1922)
23 The Valley 1932? (was in collection of Charles Shepherd in 1942 but whereabouts unknown in 1969)
22 View in Sydney Harbour SA Apr 85
23 Farmhouse SA Jul 88
24 Landscape (Craig/CH/88)
25 The Anchorage c1929? (Craig/AAA/84). Check if this is Joe Brown's.
26 Afternoon Sunshine Sydney Harbour (Craig/SA/89) May be exh Bris 1922 and/or 1928.
27 Middle Cove, 11x15 ins(Art Sales Index 1970s CH/73)
28 Across the Harbour 11x17ins (Art Sales Index Joels '74)
2 Vols of Craig still to do.
AASD not done

Fry Merrickview full entry
Reference: see ‘The Two of Us’, article Sydney Morning Herald, Good Weekend section, p 13, written by Merrick Fry and Rod Holdaway.
Holdaway Rodview full entry
Reference: see ‘The Two of Us’, article Sydney Morning Herald, Good Weekend section, p 13, written by Merrick Fry and Rod Holdaway.
Lockhart William Ewart 1846 - 1900 view full entry
Reference: see Auktionshaus Peege, reiburg, Germany, 17.7.25,m lot 893: Lockhart, William Ewart: 1846 Eaglesfield - 1900 London. Studied at the Royal Scottish Academy at the age of only 14, settled in Edinburgh after a stay in Australia, traveled to Spain, commissioned work for Queen Victoria. Watercolor. 'sandy bluffs'. Sandy cliffs with horse-drawn cart. Signed lower right, inscribed RSA and dated 1872. U.m. bet. Metal plate on the frame. Verso adhesive label of Gemälde-Cabinett Unger, Munich. 36 x 50 cm. (53 x 68.5 cm). R. Lit.: 1.11.

Australkie Peintures view full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIE PEINTURES ABORIGENES - TERRE D'ARNHEM (Australia - Aboriginal Paintings - Arnhem Lands.)
Publishing details: UNESCO Collection of World Art. 16 p + XXXII (plates)
Ref: 1000
Australia - Aboriginal Paintingsview full entry
Reference: see AUSTRALIE PEINTURES ABORIGENES - TERRE D'ARNHEM (Australia - Aboriginal Paintings - Arnhem Lands.)
Publishing details: UNESCO Collection of World Art. 16 p + XXXII (plates)
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see AUSTRALIE PEINTURES ABORIGENES - TERRE D'ARNHEM (Australia - Aboriginal Paintings - Arnhem Lands.)
Publishing details: UNESCO Collection of World Art. 16 p + XXXII (plates)
Balmer Paulview full entry
Reference: see Veilinghuis Van Spengen
July 1 2025, auction, lot 369: Paul Balmer (1964-), 'Australia I', gesigneerd r.o. en gesigneerd en getiteld op verso, olieverf op doek, 107 x 122 cm
Sinclair L (Lesley?)view full entry
Reference: see Twents Veilinghuis auction, July 3, 2025, Netherlands: L. Sinclair. Possibly Lesley. Australian School. Cityscape. 20th Century. Oil on canvas. Dimensions: H 60 x W 51 cm. In good condition.


Watling Thomasview full entry
Reference: from Hordern House catalogue, The Whitmont Collection, July 2025: The Banksian Cockatoo [Calyyptorhynchus funereus, Yellow Tailed Black Cockatoo]…
WATLING, Thomas.
Sydney: circa 1792.
Watercolour with pen and ink and manuscript annotations, on paper, 378 x 241 mm exactly; signed 'Thomas Watling delt.' and inscribed in the artist's hand "from the tip of the beak to the tip of the tail two feet eight inches'; on laid paper watermarked Floyd & Co.; mounted.
Our first professional artist: a rare and beautiful example

A major discovery, offered publicly for the first time: Thomas Watling's exquisite rendering of the magnificent Yellow-Tailed Black Cockatoo (Zanda funerea), signed by the artist at lower right and with contemporary annotations based on surgeon John White's field notes.
Paintings by Watling have long been among the greatest desiderata of any colonial Australian collection, and it is with the greatest pleasure that Hordern House is able to catalogue this glorious painting, a chef d'oeuvre of Watling's work. Watling's agile depiction of such a majestic Australian bird means that the painting is one of the treasures of the Whitmont collection.
Watling arrived in Sydney in late 1792 and was immediately appointed as the in-house artist for White, working closely with him in the sprawling hospital complex overlooking Sydney Cove. This was a period when White was corresponding with many of the major scientific figures in Britain, chiefly on the back of the interest generated by his published Journal (1790), which brought an added rigour and seriousness to his natural history collections.
The addition of an artist of such ability to the project was a godsend for White, not least because Watling soon mastered the contemporary style of having a prominent and exquisitely detailed bird figured against a Lilliputian background, as so beautifully here. Considered the first professional artist to work in the colony, Watling's sophisticated oeuvre, ranging from detailed studies of the natural history through to beautifully-realised portraiture and views of the settlement, revolutionised every aspect of the visual record of early New South Wales... Exytenive essay follows
Christmas Nellie working 1890-1910view full entry
Reference: see Artvisory, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part Two, 14.7.25. lot 289
Nellie Christmas, Australia working 1890-1910, Landscape with tent and figure on tree, oil on canvas, 38cm x 59cm, signed lower right.
and lot 370
Nellie Christmas 
Australian, working 1890-1910 
Landscape with figure beside a tree 
oil canvas 
signed and dates 1900 lower left
Dimensions: 
60cm x 39cm
and lot 434
Nellie Christmas 
Australian, working 1890-1910 
River scene at sunset 
oil on board 
signed lower left
Dimensions: 
29cm x 44cm
Watling Thomas example of micographyview full entry
Reference: see For Auction timed auction, June 30, 2025, 10am-5pm CLIK Collective 15 Cochranes Road Moorabbin. lot Lot 201: Thomas Watling, Britain/Australia 1762-1810, Micography document [ink on paper, 14 x 14.5 cm] sold for $36,000 + commission. Inscribed ‘Milnthrop, October, 1810., T. Watling.. Included religious tracts such as the lord’s Prayer, and small illustration.


Hilder Brettview full entry
Reference: See Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue July, 2925: HILDER, Brett (1911-1981)
Portrait of Wandjuk Marika. Yirrkala, October 1972.
Watercolour on artist’s board, 34 x 25 cm; unsigned, but inscribed and dated by the artist ‘WANDJUK MARIKA / YIRRKALA / 19.10.72‘; in very good condition.
This portrait of Yolngu leader and artist Wandjuk Djuakan Marika (1927-1987) was painted at Yirrkala Mission on the Gove Peninsula in October 1972, by Captain Brett Hilder of the Burns Philp shipping line.
The painting was acquired by the previous owner directly from the estate of the artist, who was the son of renowned Australian watercolorist, J. J. Hilder. In the late 1960s and early 1970s, as captain of the freighter Sariba, Brett Hilder developed an intimate knowledge of the Gove area, and was a frequent visitor to the mission at Yirrkala.
Brett Hilder (1911-1981)
‘At a watercolour exhibition at Anthony Horden’s [sic] Art Gallery in Sydney in August 1950, Captain Brett Hilder (1911-1981), a Master in the Burns Philip (BPs) shipping line, offered studies of the “native inhabitants of the Pacific basin” mounted in teak frames with woven pandanus matt surrounds. The importance of these watercolour portraits as a record of the people in Australia’s Pacific neighbourhood was acknowledged by the presence of the Professor of Anthropology at Sydney University, AP Elkin, who gave the opening oration. Hilder also exhibited his art work at ASOPA (the Australian School of Pacific Administration), and held exhibitions in Melbourne, Port Moresby, Noumea, Honiara and the American Museum of Natural History in Washington … To gauge his total output, which remains unknown, in 2005 at a retrospective exhibition of Hilder’s water colours, 202 portraits and landscapes were offered, a fraction remaining after sales and gifts to friends, of the many hundreds he produced between 1945 and 1970. Hilder had been a systematic painter and photographer, and he noted while serving as Mate and later Master on Burns Philp’s (BPs) Pacific routes, he was “compelled to record my impressions”. In his biography in 1961, Navigator in the South Seas and elsewhere, although in the middle of an active artist’s career, Hilder rarely promoted himself as an artist, perhaps in acknowledgment of his more famous artist father JJ Hilder, regarded as Australia’s leading watercolourist up to his early death in 1916….’
(Extracted from: Quanchi, Max and Boglio, Jean-Louis (2010). Compelled to record my impressions: An Artist’s View of the Pacific Shipping World. Pacific Arts 9 23-29. Read the full article here.
Wandjuk Djuakan Marika (1927-1987)
(entry by Jennifer Isaacs in the ADB):
‘Wandjuk Djuakan Marika (1927-1987), Aboriginal leader and artist, was born in 1927 on Bremer Island (Dhambaliya), Northern Territory, eldest son of Mawalan Marika and his wife Bamatja. Of the Dhuwa moiety, Wandjuk was a member of the Rirratjingu group of the Yolngu people. During childhood he travelled by foot throughout north-east Arnhem Land and by canoe around the coast from Melville to Caledon bays. From both parents he learned respect and care for his country, and from his father, a clan leader, he inherited extensive rights to land.
Among the first to be taught to read and write at the Methodist Overseas Mission established at Yirrkala in 1935, Marika soon became a teacher’s assistant in the mission school and started translating the Bible into Gumatj—a task which continued intermittently over many years, and through which he perceived that many Judaeo-Christian values were anticipated in Yolngu culture. As a young man he interpreted for his father to the anthropologist Ronald Berndt. His proficiency in English made him a valued go-between for visitors and researchers who came to Arnhem Land. Following his father’s death in 1967, he assumed the role of teacher of ritual knowledge.
Already in contact with Northern Territory government officials, by 1963 Marika had become a conduit for the protests of several clans against the decision to grant mining leases on the Gove Peninsula to the Nabalco Co. In August that year he helped to send the first of several bark petitions to the Commonwealth government, incorporating traditional designs and highlighting the lack of consultation with Aboriginal communities. This campaign led in 1971 to the first land rights case in Australia. An adviser to government bodies, including the Office of Aboriginal Affairs (1969-72), he was an impassioned speaker about the religious meaning of land to Aboriginal traditional owners.
Marika had been taught bark painting by his father. Their collaborative paintings of the great Rirratjingu clan themes were acquired in the 1950s and 1960s by galleries and museums. Soon established as a major artist like his father, Marika was a member of the Aboriginal arts advisory committee of the Australian Council for the Arts (1970-73) and its successor, the Aboriginal Arts Board, which he chaired in 1975-80. He applauded the board’s assistance in the ‘re-emergence of the Aboriginal people as a dynamic force within the cultural life of this nation’. His outrage at finding his interpretations of spiritual themes reproduced on souvenir towels led him to lobby for the creation of the Aboriginal Artists Agency in 1973 to protect Indigenous intellectual property. Marika was a director of Aboriginal Arts and Crafts Pty Ltd and a member of the advisory committee of the Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.
A striking, vibrant man, full bearded and often wearing a headband with a suit, Marika was one of the most significant Indigenous spokesmen of the twentieth century. He was a powerful yidaki (didgeridoo) player and worked closely with ethnographic and documentary film-makers. Touring Australia, he viewed Aboriginal art works and archaeological sites with a deep sense of the loss of continuity in Indigenous culture. He visited the Soviet Union, Britain, the United States of America, Canada and New Zealand. In 1979 he was appointed OBE. Survived by his first wife, Gotjiringu, and his second wife, Dhuwandjika, with each of whom he had seven children, he died of septicaemia on 15 June 1987 in Darwin and was buried with Indigenous rites. An annual prize for three-dimensional work by Indigenous artists was established in his name.’



Marika Wandjuk portrait of view full entry
Reference: See Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue July, 2925: HILDER, Brett (1911-1981)
Portrait of Wandjuk Marika. Yirrkala, October 1972.
Watercolour on artist’s board, 34 x 25 cm; unsigned, but inscribed and dated by the artist ‘WANDJUK MARIKA / YIRRKALA / 19.10.72‘; in very good condition.
This portrait of Yolngu leader and artist Wandjuk Djuakan Marika (1927-1987) was painted at Yirrkala Mission on the Gove Peninsula in October 1972, by Captain Brett Hilder of the Burns Philp shipping line.
The painting was acquired by the previous owner directly from the estate of the artist, who was the son of renowned Australian watercolorist, J. J. Hilder. In the late 1960s and early 1970s, as captain of the freighter Sariba, Brett Hilder developed an intimate knowledge of the Gove area, and was a frequent visitor to the mission at Yirrkala.
Brett Hilder (1911-1981)
‘At a watercolour exhibition at Anthony Horden’s [sic] Art Gallery in Sydney in August 1950, Captain Brett Hilder (1911-1981), a Master in the Burns Philip (BPs) shipping line, offered studies of the “native inhabitants of the Pacific basin” mounted in teak frames with woven pandanus matt surrounds. The importance of these watercolour portraits as a record of the people in Australia’s Pacific neighbourhood was acknowledged by the presence of the Professor of Anthropology at Sydney University, AP Elkin, who gave the opening oration. Hilder also exhibited his art work at ASOPA (the Australian School of Pacific Administration), and held exhibitions in Melbourne, Port Moresby, Noumea, Honiara and the American Museum of Natural History in Washington … To gauge his total output, which remains unknown, in 2005 at a retrospective exhibition of Hilder’s water colours, 202 portraits and landscapes were offered, a fraction remaining after sales and gifts to friends, of the many hundreds he produced between 1945 and 1970. Hilder had been a systematic painter and photographer, and he noted while serving as Mate and later Master on Burns Philp’s (BPs) Pacific routes, he was “compelled to record my impressions”. In his biography in 1961, Navigator in the South Seas and elsewhere, although in the middle of an active artist’s career, Hilder rarely promoted himself as an artist, perhaps in acknowledgment of his more famous artist father JJ Hilder, regarded as Australia’s leading watercolourist up to his early death in 1916….’
(Extracted from: Quanchi, Max and Boglio, Jean-Louis (2010). Compelled to record my impressions: An Artist’s View of the Pacific Shipping World. Pacific Arts 9 23-29. Read the full article here.
Wandjuk Djuakan Marika (1927-1987)
(entry by Jennifer Isaacs in the ADB):
‘Wandjuk Djuakan Marika (1927-1987), Aboriginal leader and artist, was born in 1927 on Bremer Island (Dhambaliya), Northern Territory, eldest son of Mawalan Marika and his wife Bamatja. Of the Dhuwa moiety, Wandjuk was a member of the Rirratjingu group of the Yolngu people. During childhood he travelled by foot throughout north-east Arnhem Land and by canoe around the coast from Melville to Caledon bays. From both parents he learned respect and care for his country, and from his father, a clan leader, he inherited extensive rights to land.
Among the first to be taught to read and write at the Methodist Overseas Mission established at Yirrkala in 1935, Marika soon became a teacher’s assistant in the mission school and started translating the Bible into Gumatj—a task which continued intermittently over many years, and through which he perceived that many Judaeo-Christian values were anticipated in Yolngu culture. As a young man he interpreted for his father to the anthropologist Ronald Berndt. His proficiency in English made him a valued go-between for visitors and researchers who came to Arnhem Land. Following his father’s death in 1967, he assumed the role of teacher of ritual knowledge.
Already in contact with Northern Territory government officials, by 1963 Marika had become a conduit for the protests of several clans against the decision to grant mining leases on the Gove Peninsula to the Nabalco Co. In August that year he helped to send the first of several bark petitions to the Commonwealth government, incorporating traditional designs and highlighting the lack of consultation with Aboriginal communities. This campaign led in 1971 to the first land rights case in Australia. An adviser to government bodies, including the Office of Aboriginal Affairs (1969-72), he was an impassioned speaker about the religious meaning of land to Aboriginal traditional owners.
Marika had been taught bark painting by his father. Their collaborative paintings of the great Rirratjingu clan themes were acquired in the 1950s and 1960s by galleries and museums. Soon established as a major artist like his father, Marika was a member of the Aboriginal arts advisory committee of the Australian Council for the Arts (1970-73) and its successor, the Aboriginal Arts Board, which he chaired in 1975-80. He applauded the board’s assistance in the ‘re-emergence of the Aboriginal people as a dynamic force within the cultural life of this nation’. His outrage at finding his interpretations of spiritual themes reproduced on souvenir towels led him to lobby for the creation of the Aboriginal Artists Agency in 1973 to protect Indigenous intellectual property. Marika was a director of Aboriginal Arts and Crafts Pty Ltd and a member of the advisory committee of the Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.
A striking, vibrant man, full bearded and often wearing a headband with a suit, Marika was one of the most significant Indigenous spokesmen of the twentieth century. He was a powerful yidaki (didgeridoo) player and worked closely with ethnographic and documentary film-makers. Touring Australia, he viewed Aboriginal art works and archaeological sites with a deep sense of the loss of continuity in Indigenous culture. He visited the Soviet Union, Britain, the United States of America, Canada and New Zealand. In 1979 he was appointed OBE. Survived by his first wife, Gotjiringu, and his second wife, Dhuwandjika, with each of whom he had seven children, he died of septicaemia on 15 June 1987 in Darwin and was buried with Indigenous rites. An annual prize for three-dimensional work by Indigenous artists was established in his name.’



Nisbet Hume view full entry
Reference: See Douglas Stewart Fine Books, catalogue July, 2925: NISBET, (James) Hume (1849-1923)
Hathor, and other poems. (With an original watercolour by the author)
London : Greening & Co., Ltd., 1905. Large paper issue of the “Author’s Edition”, limited to 25 numbered and signed copies containing an original watercolour drawing by the author. Small quarto (250 x 200 mm), publisher’s gilt-ruled quarter morocco over cloth with ‘Hume Nisbet’ stamped in gilt on upper board (boards with moderate staining and a little darkened, corners bumped), spine lettered in gilt (worn at head and tail and scuffed along the joints); top edge cut and gilded, fore- and bottom edges uncut; original marbled endpapers; original watercolour of The Flying Dutchman as frontispiece, signed and dated in the image by the artist ‘Hume Nisbet 1905’, captioned by the artist ‘Vanderdecken’ (captain of the legendary ghost ship) and with the artist’s annotation at lower left in ms. in red ‘No. 6 / This drawing has no replica. H. N.’; title page in red and black with vignette illustration; first blank with the author’s ms. colophon and signature ‘This Edition is limited to 25 copies of which this is No. 6 / Hume Nisbet’, and with a later gift inscription above dated 1925; pp. xx, 332, [4] (Publisher’s Notice and ads.); partially unopened, some edges roughly cut; occasional light spotting, otherwise internally very clean; binding firm; a good example.
A very scarce limited edition of this collection of verse by Scottish-born writer, artist and traveller Hume Nisbet (1849-1923), containing an original watercolour by him. 
Hathor and other poems was the first of four stand-alone volumes in a series titled Poetic and Dramatic Works by Hume Nisbet that was published by Greening in 1905 as an “Author’s Edition”. The Publisher’s Notice at the rear serves as a limitation page:
‘Author’s Edition. Poetic and Dramatic Works by Hume Nisbet. In Four Volumes, with vignette Title-page, and Frontispiece to each volume by the author. Price 12s. 6d. per vol. net. / These Volumes will be published at intervals. This Edition will be 500 copies, with 25 of these on Large Paper, numbered and signed by Author, each copy having an original drawing in water-colour by the Author. Price £1 1s. per copy of the special edition….’
Nisbet was a prolific author who published no fewer than 40 novels between 1888 and 1905. He was a great traveller, and closely associated with Australia: in the mid 1860s, as a young man, he made his first visit to the Antipodes, where he spent seven years in Melbourne, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the South Sea Islands, painting, sketching, writing poetry and stories, and making notes for future work. Much of his later fiction writing is based on his experiences during this period. Nisbet managed to pursue an artistic career as well as a literary one: in the mid 1870s in Edinburgh he worked as a scene-painter; in 1878-85 he taught freehand drawing at the Watt Institution and School of Arts; and he also exhibited oil and watercolour paintings at the Royal Scottish Academy. His large-scale oil painting The Flying Dutchman – the same subject as the frontispiece in the present copy of Hathor – is one of his best known artworks. Nisbet would again visit Australia (and New Guinea) in 1886, and Australia for a third time in 1895.
Mueller Ferdinandview full entry
Reference: Select extra-tropical plants, readily eligible for industrial culture or naturalisation, with indications of their native countries and some of their uses
Publishing details: Melbourne : printed for the Government of Victoria by Chas. Triedel and Co., 1891. Eighth edition, revised and enlarged. Octavo, gilt-lettered presentation binding of crushed Morocco over bevelled boards, spine in compartments (sunned), ruled in gilt, all edges, gilt, hinges cracked, marbled endpapers, pp. viii; 594;
Ref: 1000
Eli Bonitaview full entry
Reference: Murray / Murundi - With contributions from Jack & Annie Koolmatrie, Leigh Hobba and Dulcie Ely.
Publishing details:  Experimental Art Foundation, [1981]. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [90], illustrated, a couple of pages detached from the burst binding. Artist’s book on the Aboriginal history of the Murray (Murundi) River.
Ref: 1000
Relph Arthur Jview full entry
Reference: The Grampians : a series of pictures illustrating that popular Victorian tourist resort rom photographs by Arthur J. Relph ; with an introduction by Edward E. Pescott.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Whitcomb & Tombs, circa 1920. Quarto, illustrated wrappers (scattered foxing, slightly silverfished), pp. [28], photographically illustrated
Ref: 1000
Tuszynski Felizview full entry
Reference: The art of Felix Tuszynski, by Tadeusz Zaremba,
Paintings and drawings from the Australian artist Felix Tuszynski (1922 – 2016), a Polish holocaust survivor and brother to French miniature artist Devi Tuszynski.
$100.00 AUD

Publishing details: Płock : The Mazovian Museum, 2000. Quarto, gilt-lettered leather with pictorial onlay, pp. 207, illustrated. Limited to 400 numbered copies (
Ref: 1000
McNally M Jview full entry
Reference: see The Art of the Etcher. Forward by M. J. McNally (illustrations by 18 Australian etchers) [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Australian Painter-Etchers Society, nd [1930], rare
Voyages to the South Seas view full entry
Reference: Voyages to the South Seas , by Danielle Clode. Recounts the epic journeys of French explorers to Australia, and encompasses a remarkable period of French and Australian history. It is the story of noble men impoverished by their passion, and nobodies who made their names through physical courage and intellectual acheivement.
Includes the Baudin, Freycinet and d’Urville expeditions.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Publishing, 2007. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. xxvi; 316, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
exploratiopn artview full entry
Reference: see Voyages to the South Seas , by Danielle Clode. Recounts the epic journeys of French explorers to Australia, and encompasses a remarkable period of French and Australian history. It is the story of noble men impoverished by their passion, and nobodies who made their names through physical courage and intellectual acheivement.
Includes the Baudin, Freycinet and d’Urville expeditions.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Publishing, 2007. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. xxvi; 316, illustrated.
Baudin expedition
view full entry
Reference: see Voyages to the South Seas , by Danielle Clode. Recounts the epic journeys of French explorers to Australia, and encompasses a remarkable period of French and Australian history. It is the story of noble men impoverished by their passion, and nobodies who made their names through physical courage and intellectual acheivement.
Includes the Baudin, Freycinet and d’Urville expeditions.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Publishing, 2007. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. xxvi; 316, illustrated.
Freycinet expedition
view full entry
Reference: see Voyages to the South Seas , by Danielle Clode. Recounts the epic journeys of French explorers to Australia, and encompasses a remarkable period of French and Australian history. It is the story of noble men impoverished by their passion, and nobodies who made their names through physical courage and intellectual acheivement.
Includes the Baudin, Freycinet and d’Urville expeditions.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Publishing, 2007. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. xxvi; 316, illustrated.
d’Urville expedition
view full entry
Reference: see Voyages to the South Seas , by Danielle Clode. Recounts the epic journeys of French explorers to Australia, and encompasses a remarkable period of French and Australian history. It is the story of noble men impoverished by their passion, and nobodies who made their names through physical courage and intellectual acheivement.
Includes the Baudin, Freycinet and d’Urville expeditions.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Publishing, 2007. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. xxvi; 316, illustrated.
Master Printers of Sydney Theview full entry
Reference: The Master Printers of Sydney, by Harold Hunt. The Story of The Printing and Allied Trades Employers’ Association of
New South Wales, 1887-1971. The NSW Printing & Allied Trades Employers Association was established in 1887
as the Sydney Master Printers Association. It was allied to the national
body of the Printing & Allied Trades Association.
Publishing details: Syd. Printing & Allied Trades Assoc 1976.
4to. Or.vinyl.boards. 205pp. b/w ills. Very good copy.
Ref: 1000
Printers of Sydney view full entry
Reference: see The Master Printers of Sydney, by Harold Hunt. The Story of The Printing and Allied Trades Employers’ Association of
New South Wales, 1887-1971. The NSW Printing & Allied Trades Employers Association was established in 1887
as the Sydney Master Printers Association. It was allied to the national
body of the Printing & Allied Trades Association.
Publishing details: Syd. Printing & Allied Trades Assoc 1976.
4to. Or.vinyl.boards. 205pp. b/w ills. Very good copy.
Printingview full entry
Reference: see The Master Printers of Sydney, by Harold Hunt. The Story of The Printing and Allied Trades Employers’ Association of
New South Wales, 1887-1971. The NSW Printing & Allied Trades Employers Association was established in 1887
as the Sydney Master Printers Association. It was allied to the national
body of the Printing & Allied Trades Association.
Publishing details: Syd. Printing & Allied Trades Assoc 1976.
4to. Or.vinyl.boards. 205pp. b/w ills. Very good copy.
Collins Archibald painting of Ruth 1921view full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce auction,Sydneym, 14.7.25, lot 6100:
Archibald Collins
Australia (1853-1922)
Ruth 1921
Oil on canvas
Signed & dated lower right
Dimensions
74 x 127 cm Frame: 90 x 143 cm
Artist or Maker
Archibald Collins
Medium
Oil on canvas
Condition Report
Good, some craquelure to centre of work, relined, original frame
Provenance

The painting titled "Ruth," depicting my step-grandmother, was painted by Archibald Collins on Bronte Beach, Sydney in 1921.
Archibald Collins, a struggling artist, sought temporary lodgings with my grand father, Alfred and his wife, Ruth, in Dee Why, Sydney. Notably, Ruth had some experience in modelling and agreed to pose for Collins.
Due to financial difficulties and limited income, Collins compensated for his board by gifting Alfred and Ruth several paintings, including "Ruth".
"Ruth" has been with the Thomas family since it was painted in 1921. Sadly, this painting must be relinquished as the family is currently downsizing and unable to accommodate her.

Art Lab in Adelaide completely restored the painting about 10 years ago.

Hordern Houseview full entry
Reference: Hordern House catalogue, The Whitmont Collection, July 2025: 39 items. Icludes works by John William Lewin, Jorgen Jorgenson, Freycinet, Baudin, Ferdinand Bauer, William Dampier, Thomasc Watling. Extensive essays on each item.
Publishing details: Hordern House, 2025, pb, 101pp
Ref: 88
Garrett John and Frances Louisa Bussellview full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 60: John Garrett and Frances Louisa Bussell, Western Australian first half of the 19th century, J.G Bussell's Cottage at Port Augusta, Blackwood, Swan River, Western Australia, Ink on paper, 16.5cm x 22cm
Description:
John Garrett and Frances Louisa Bussell 
Western Australian, first half of the 19th century 
J.G Bussell's Cottage at Port Augusta, Blackwood, Swan River, Western Australia 
Ink on paper 
Inscribed I.G. Bussell pinxt and F.L. Bussell fecit
Provenance: 
The Prinsep collection 

John Garrett Bussell (1803-1875), settler, was born on 16 August 1803 at Portsea, Hampshire, England, the eldest of nine children of Rev. William Marchant Bussell, an Anglican clergyman, and his wife Frances, née Yates. The death of his father in 1820 entailed family sacrifices to continue the boy's education. John Bussell, intended for the church, was educated at Winchester, winning two exhibitions to Trinity College, Oxford (B.A., 1829). While he awaited ordination, the family heard glowing reports of Swan River. Migration appeared as a perfect solution to their difficulties. William, the second son, remained in England, to become a doctor, and John, Charles, Vernon and Alfred sailed in 1829 for Western Australia in the Warrior. 
In May 1830 John was encouraged by Governor (Sir) James Stirling to take up land near Cape Leeuwin, at Augusta, where a military post was stationed. With his brothers, he built a cottage and planted a garden, but found the heavy karri forest too hard to clear. Twelve miles (19 km) up the near-by Blackwood River he found better land where he took up another grant, Adelphi, and started again in December 1831. Next year they were threatened with starvation and lived on grass and fish. Their wheat crop failed, their livestock strayed, and they were worn out with hard toil and spare living when their sisters, Fanny and Bessie arrived with their brother Lenox in 1833. Soon afterwards the new house at the Adelphi was burnt down, a severe setback even though the piano, books, guns and most utensils were saved. Next year their mother and sister Mary arrived at Swan River with £1000 of new equipment; they reached Augusta to learn that all these goods were lost in the wreck of the coaster Cumberland. 
In spite of these four ruinous years, John decided to start afresh sixty miles (97 km) to the north at the Vasse River where he had taken 3500 acres (1416 ha) in 1832. The brothers and their old nurse sailed for the Vasse in April 1834 and were met by an overland party from Augusta. They landed their goods on the beach and began to cut through the bush to the river a track that became the main street of Busselton. Farther up the river they put up a store hut and soon had other buildings under construction. In September a cow, Yulika, strayed from Augusta, arrived with a calf to provide the new property with its name, Cattle Chosen. Months of sawing, building and clearing made it possible for their mother and sisters to join them. At first their only imports were pork, flour, spirits and wine; all else was makeshift. With much to be done all at once, the hard drudgery continued and nothing was finished. John gloried in his self-reliance and had a hand in everything: he created wheels for a truck, dosed sick Aboriginals, hunted kangaroos, tanned leather, read philosophy, managed everyone and wrote Latin verse. Inspired by his example, the girls made a picnic of their housework, dairying and poultry keeping. First crops did not always succeed, boots and clothes frayed into rags, fleas were everywhere, but each evening under crude slush lamps they found respite in books and music, and writing lively letters to friends and relatives in England. Before long they shipped to Perth their first surplus: sixty-two pounds (28 kg) of butter and half a ton of potatoes. Cheese was soon added to their produce. Their livestock multiplied, wheat growing succeeded and a horse-driven flour-mill was brought from England. 
In 1837 John Bussell sailed for England to marry Sophie Hayward, an heiress whom he had known since childhood. The romance foundered on his suspicion that her friends thought him a fortune hunter and on his insistence that his mother remain in charge of domestic affairs. His health broke down; in convalescence he met Charlotte Cookworthy, née Spicer, a widow who, after the death of her husband, had become a member of the Plymouth Brethren. She was excommunicated for marrying John Bussell at Plymouth on 22 August 1838, and her three children had to be kidnapped to join them in the Montreal for the voyage to Australia. Meanwhile relations had deteriorated between the Aboriginals and the Vasse settlers, as cultivated fields replaced the ancient tribal hunting grounds. The spearing of a neighbour, George Layman, by the chief, Gaywal, in 1841 brought a serious clash between settlers and natives, resulting in the death of the murderer and arrest of his sons, and finally bringing peace. 
The difficult years persisted and the Bussells, like many other settlers, made little more than a modest livelihood. John remained at Cattle Chosen as the family dispersed through marriage and through the brothers taking their own farms; the departures also grieved him because division of property brought some dissension. He left Busselton to visit South Australia, and in 1864 to teach classics at Hale School, Perth, being described by its founder as 'a real good fellow' and competent teacher. As a justice of the peace he gave years of magisterial service in the Vasse district, and in 1870 he was elected to the colony's first Legislative Council under representative government. He died at Cattle Chosen on 21 September 1875 and was buried at St Mary's, Busselton, which he helped to build and where he had conducted services in the absence of a resident clergyman. 
Four daughters were born of his marriage to Charlotte, whose strong character made her an ideal pioneer wife: Capel (Mrs E. Brockman), Emily (Mrs F. Vines), Caroline, and Josephine (Mrs H. C. Prinsep). A portrait of the family in water-colour, and a pencil sketch of John Bussell ( This work? ) are in the possession of his family. 
There are records for Frances Louisa Bussell born circa 1807, who was also known as Fanny Bussell but it is isn't clear if this was the sister or mother (both had the same name) of John Garrett Bussell of Busselton, Western Australia. F.L Bussell is recorded as sketching in ink J.G. Bussell's Cottage at Port Augusta on the Blackwood Swan River – presumably this work, or another similar on a single-sheet that appears to be a page from an album (Recorded as in a private collection, London). The Bussell's youngest daughter Josephine Prinsep was also recorded as a sketcher.
Dimensions: 
16.5cm x 22cm
Artist Name: 
John Garrett and Frances Louisa Bussell
Medium: 
Ink on paper
Bussell Frances Louisa and John Garrett view full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 60: John Garrett and Frances Louisa Bussell, Western Australian first half of the 19th century, J.G Bussell's Cottage at Port Augusta, Blackwood, Swan River, Western Australia, Ink on paper, 16.5cm x 22cm
Description:
John Garrett and Frances Louisa Bussell 
Western Australian, first half of the 19th century 
J.G Bussell's Cottage at Port Augusta, Blackwood, Swan River, Western Australia 
Ink on paper 
Inscribed I.G. Bussell pinxt and F.L. Bussell fecit
Provenance: 
The Prinsep collection 

John Garrett Bussell (1803-1875), settler, was born on 16 August 1803 at Portsea, Hampshire, England, the eldest of nine children of Rev. William Marchant Bussell, an Anglican clergyman, and his wife Frances, née Yates. The death of his father in 1820 entailed family sacrifices to continue the boy's education. John Bussell, intended for the church, was educated at Winchester, winning two exhibitions to Trinity College, Oxford (B.A., 1829). While he awaited ordination, the family heard glowing reports of Swan River. Migration appeared as a perfect solution to their difficulties. William, the second son, remained in England, to become a doctor, and John, Charles, Vernon and Alfred sailed in 1829 for Western Australia in the Warrior. 
In May 1830 John was encouraged by Governor (Sir) James Stirling to take up land near Cape Leeuwin, at Augusta, where a military post was stationed. With his brothers, he built a cottage and planted a garden, but found the heavy karri forest too hard to clear. Twelve miles (19 km) up the near-by Blackwood River he found better land where he took up another grant, Adelphi, and started again in December 1831. Next year they were threatened with starvation and lived on grass and fish. Their wheat crop failed, their livestock strayed, and they were worn out with hard toil and spare living when their sisters, Fanny and Bessie arrived with their brother Lenox in 1833. Soon afterwards the new house at the Adelphi was burnt down, a severe setback even though the piano, books, guns and most utensils were saved. Next year their mother and sister Mary arrived at Swan River with £1000 of new equipment; they reached Augusta to learn that all these goods were lost in the wreck of the coaster Cumberland. 
In spite of these four ruinous years, John decided to start afresh sixty miles (97 km) to the north at the Vasse River where he had taken 3500 acres (1416 ha) in 1832. The brothers and their old nurse sailed for the Vasse in April 1834 and were met by an overland party from Augusta. They landed their goods on the beach and began to cut through the bush to the river a track that became the main street of Busselton. Farther up the river they put up a store hut and soon had other buildings under construction. In September a cow, Yulika, strayed from Augusta, arrived with a calf to provide the new property with its name, Cattle Chosen. Months of sawing, building and clearing made it possible for their mother and sisters to join them. At first their only imports were pork, flour, spirits and wine; all else was makeshift. With much to be done all at once, the hard drudgery continued and nothing was finished. John gloried in his self-reliance and had a hand in everything: he created wheels for a truck, dosed sick Aboriginals, hunted kangaroos, tanned leather, read philosophy, managed everyone and wrote Latin verse. Inspired by his example, the girls made a picnic of their housework, dairying and poultry keeping. First crops did not always succeed, boots and clothes frayed into rags, fleas were everywhere, but each evening under crude slush lamps they found respite in books and music, and writing lively letters to friends and relatives in England. Before long they shipped to Perth their first surplus: sixty-two pounds (28 kg) of butter and half a ton of potatoes. Cheese was soon added to their produce. Their livestock multiplied, wheat growing succeeded and a horse-driven flour-mill was brought from England. 
In 1837 John Bussell sailed for England to marry Sophie Hayward, an heiress whom he had known since childhood. The romance foundered on his suspicion that her friends thought him a fortune hunter and on his insistence that his mother remain in charge of domestic affairs. His health broke down; in convalescence he met Charlotte Cookworthy, née Spicer, a widow who, after the death of her husband, had become a member of the Plymouth Brethren. She was excommunicated for marrying John Bussell at Plymouth on 22 August 1838, and her three children had to be kidnapped to join them in the Montreal for the voyage to Australia. Meanwhile relations had deteriorated between the Aboriginals and the Vasse settlers, as cultivated fields replaced the ancient tribal hunting grounds. The spearing of a neighbour, George Layman, by the chief, Gaywal, in 1841 brought a serious clash between settlers and natives, resulting in the death of the murderer and arrest of his sons, and finally bringing peace. 
The difficult years persisted and the Bussells, like many other settlers, made little more than a modest livelihood. John remained at Cattle Chosen as the family dispersed through marriage and through the brothers taking their own farms; the departures also grieved him because division of property brought some dissension. He left Busselton to visit South Australia, and in 1864 to teach classics at Hale School, Perth, being described by its founder as 'a real good fellow' and competent teacher. As a justice of the peace he gave years of magisterial service in the Vasse district, and in 1870 he was elected to the colony's first Legislative Council under representative government. He died at Cattle Chosen on 21 September 1875 and was buried at St Mary's, Busselton, which he helped to build and where he had conducted services in the absence of a resident clergyman. 
Four daughters were born of his marriage to Charlotte, whose strong character made her an ideal pioneer wife: Capel (Mrs E. Brockman), Emily (Mrs F. Vines), Caroline, and Josephine (Mrs H. C. Prinsep). A portrait of the family in water-colour, and a pencil sketch of John Bussell ( This work? ) are in the possession of his family. 
There are records for Frances Louisa Bussell born circa 1807, who was also known as Fanny Bussell but it is isn't clear if this was the sister or mother (both had the same name) of John Garrett Bussell of Busselton, Western Australia. F.L Bussell is recorded as sketching in ink J.G. Bussell's Cottage at Port Augusta on the Blackwood Swan River – presumably this work, or another similar on a single-sheet that appears to be a page from an album (Recorded as in a private collection, London). The Bussell's youngest daughter Josephine Prinsep was also recorded as a sketcher.
Dimensions: 
16.5cm x 22cm
Artist Name: 
John Garrett and Frances Louisa Bussell
Medium: 
Ink on paper
Prinsep Emily Rebecca 1798-1860view full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 72: Description:
Emily Rebecca Prinsep 
Australian, 1798-1860 
Emsi 
charcoal on paper 
signed lower right
Provenance: 
The Prinsep collection
Dimensions: 
visable paper size: 22cm x 16cm
Artist Name: 
Emily Rebecca Prinsep
Medium: 
charcoal on paper
PrinsepHenry Charles 1844-1922 3 lkotsview full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 73: Henry Charles Prinsep. (Britain/Australia, 1844-1922) A Collection of Seven ink drawings by Henry Prinsep depicting the St. George Ranges, Devils Creek,Party returning down King Leopold Ranges, Fitzroy River, King Leopold Ranges & approaching Leopold Ranges and First arrival at the Fitzroy 

Provenance: 
The Prinsep collection
Dimensions: 
Various paper sizes, frames approx. 41.5cm x 51cm

and lot 74: Henry Charles Prinsep 
Britain/Australia, 1844-1922 
Two Views of Alexandria 
Watercolour 
two watercolours framed as one, each titled in pencil lower left & attributed to verso

and lot 75: Henry Charles Prinsep 
Britain/Australia, 1844-1922 
Cape Mao from Mongolia 
Watercolour on paper 
Initialed H.C.P.
Provenance: 
The Prinsep Collection
Dimensions: 
12cm x 17cm
Browne Thomas Henry Johnson 1818-1882view full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 117: Thomas Henry Johnson Browne 
Britain/Australia, 1818-1882 
Congregational Chapel and Pastor's Residence Bunbury, Western Australia 
Watercolour and ink on paper 
Signed and dated November 1868, with silver plaque engraved: Presented in Memory of Rev. Andrew and Mrs Buchanan, by their daughters 75th anniversary, October 5th,1941
Provenance: 
McKenzies Auctioneers, Perth, 19/03/2013 Lot 71 ( $8500 plus premium) 
Reference: In the above catalogue it noted: The picture depicts Prinsep St Bunbury. Today, there is a plaque on the site- in the front pavement noting the congregational Church was there. The two buildings at the front were demolished and replaced by a grand brick building. This was later demolished after the Meckering earthquake damaged it in 1968. The building behind is understood to be the Rose Hotel (which still exists - although the back has been extended.) Another depiction of the Rose Hotel was painted by Browne, Rose Hotel, Bunbury 1865, and is currently held in the National Gallery of Canberra's collection. A recent acquisition from a major private collection, Perth. Notes on the Artist: Watercolourist, architect, surveyor, civil engineer and schoolmaster, was born on 7 April 1818 in London. After training as an architect and civil engineer, he worked on the London to Birmingham railway under (Sir) Charles Fox from 1832 39, then with William Nicholson, a civil engineer of Manchester, to whose practice he succeeded in 1848 (according to Browne in 1878). He had his own London practice in 1854 62. During this period Browne married and had a large family. Then, at the London Central Criminal Court in 1862, he was convicted of forging money orders and sentenced to ten years' transportation to Western Australia, arriving in the Lord Dalhousie on 28 December 1863. Years later he stated that he was guilty only of shielding his wife.For eighteen months Browne was employed in the Office of Works Department of the Convict Establishment at Fremantle, working on E.Y.W. Henderson's large lunatic asylum building then in progress (erected 1861-65). His watercolour of the completed building, The New Lunatic Asylum, and Invalid Depot, Fremantle, Western Australia, was painted in 1866 (ML). After receiving his ticket of leave on 12 June 1865, Browne was self-employed. It seems that at least two extant watercolours were commissioned at this time: an attributed view of houses in the High Street, Fremantle (WA Museum), and Ravenswood Hall, Murray River (RWAHS). At the end of 1865 he was appointed schoolmaster at Ferguson, resigning about the time he gained his conditional pardon, on 27 December 1869.After a brief period away from the town, possibly at the abortive Peterwnagy gold-rush, Browne set himself up as an architect and land agent in Fremantle. Because of the numerous Tom Brown(e)s around he acquired the distinguishing nickname of 'Satan', a reference to his black hair, sallow complexion and lean visage. His sentence expired on 11 May 1872 and he was declared a free man, an expiree.The major public work being proposed for Fremantle from mid 1869 to January 1875 was the Harbour Improvement Scheme, for which three tenders were received: from Browne, S.W. Bickley and from the surveyor and director of Public Works, Malcolm Fraser (who also happened to chair the commission which was to award the contract). Predictably, Fraser's tender was chosen, but the new Governor Robinson persuaded his council to over-rule the recommendation and send Browne's cheaper scheme to London for professional appraisal by Sir John Coode, a leading civil engineer. In the interim Browne was appointed inspector of works on the Geraldton to Northampton railway. He started planning a connecting system of light railways throughout Western Australia. Difficulties soon arose with the organisation and finances of both projects and Browne was dismissed in 1876.By then Browne had cut off all English ties (his wife being dead and his children indifferent)...ends
Dimensions: 
image size: 34cm x 31cm framed size: 39cm x 47cm, outer case size: 58cm x 56.5cm
Artist Name: 
Thomas Henry Johnson Browne
Medium: 
Watercolour and ink on paper
Kelly Stanview full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 122: A significant and very beautiful collection of original watercolour botanical studies by Stan Kelly, comprising forty-one specimens with their Latin and European specimen names, as well as by whom they were grown. Variously dated between 1945-1948 

Together with three copies of the book for which these works were created: 40 Australian Eucalypts in Colour, published by Dymocks Book arcade Ltd London 1949 numbered in a limited edition, no.s 291,818 and 1138.Each in burr-musk frames
Provenance: 
Reference: 
Stan Kelly OAM achieved national recognition for his life-long devotion to the study and painting of Australian native flora. Kelly was an engine driver working on the Victorian railways during his life which enabled him to travel and collect specimens for his botanical paintings. 
Widely recognised for this contribution to the botanical art field, his drawings of all the Australian eucalypts remains a classic reference. In the 1960s, Kelly's paintings were published in the books ‘Eucalypts Volume I & II', which represent a near complete record of Australian eucalypts at the time of their publication. It is also these eucalypt drawings that now decorate Australian passports. 
Stan received the Order of Australia Medal for his contribution to conservation.
Dimensions: 
Each image size approx. 22.5cm x 18cm, each paper size approx. 28cm x 21cm, framed dimensions: 39cm x 31.5cm
Bourne George W.R . Australian (1858-1910)view full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 125: George W.R Bourne. Australian (1858-1910)
Erin's Isle of Liverpool
A fine example of a pier-head painting of a three-masted vessel
signed Bourne & dated 08 lower right, Bunbury, in original she-oak folk-art frame 

Provenance: 
Reference: Captain George WR Bourne was a topographical artist and ship portrait painter working in the bustling colonial ports of South Australia (SA) and Western Australia (WA) in the last decade of the 19th century and the first decade of the 20th century. 
Born in England, Bourne arrived in Fremantle in 1876 where he worked as a labourer. In 1886 he applied for an immigrant grant of 50 acres in the Avon district. In the 1880s, Bourne also moved to Adelaide, sailing back and forth to WA combining his work as an itinerant marine artist with farming. Painting sailing ships, steamships, lighthouses and port scenes of the settlements along the coastal shipping route between the colonies, Bourne preferred to use the quick-drying medium of watercolour. 
Bourne's finely drawn watercolours are typical of the professional ship portraitist, who created works as portable souvenirs for ship's crew, their families and the owners. With the sea so close to the experience of all Australians at this time - the ocean voyage that brought them or their recent family to the southern hemisphere - was a definite experience worthy of a valuable artistic souvenir. The Victorian/Edwardian fondness for sentimentality and storytelling often saw the maritime artist as the preferred medium
Dimensions: 
20.5cm x 36cm, framed size: 41cm x 53cm and lot 127: George W.R Bourne 
Australian, 1858-1910 
A Maritime Painting of a Two Masted Vessel 
Gouache on paper 
Inscribed lower right Bourne dated 03 and Facaello..44cm x 63cm
Melville Harden Sydney 1824-1894 view full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 136:
Harden Sydney Melville 
Britain/Australia, 1824-1894 
A group of Derbal Yarrigan Noongars 
19th century coloured lithograph
Provenance: 
Reference: Drawn by H.S.Melville in 1849. The original lithograph is held in the State Library of Victoria. 
Derbarl Yerrigan" is the Whadjuk Noongar name for the Swan River. Noongar people have lived in the south-west of Western Australia for more than 45,000 years.
Dimensions: 
Visable paper size: 23.7cm x 17cm
Artist Name: 
Harden Sydney Melville
Medium: 
19th century coloured lithograph
Ewing Guglielmo lithographerview full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 139: Nuova Norcia. Missone Benedettina Nell Australia Occidentale. Monochrome lithograph 
circa 1864 
Maple frame and glazed. Guglielmo Ewing lithographer
Provenance: 
Spencer Scott Sandilands, Melbourne. 
Reference: 
A lithograph of the settlement of New Norcia depicting two forms of indigenous life after settlement. In the top left, a village of houses for Indigenous persons and families; in the bottom left, a group of Noongar living in pre-European style. The transition from savagery to civilisation was beyond anything else a physical transition from the bush, the silva, to the town, the civitas. It meant rejecting a nomadic life and adopting a settled one.
Dimensions: 
Visible paper size 44cm x 59cm
Nuova Norcia. Missone Benedettina Nell Australia Occidentaleview full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025, lot 139: Nuova Norcia. Missone Benedettina Nell Australia Occidentale. Monochrome lithograph 
circa 1864 
Maple frame and glazed. Guglielmo Ewing lithographer
Provenance: 
Spencer Scott Sandilands, Melbourne. 
Reference: 
A lithograph of the settlement of New Norcia depicting two forms of indigenous life after settlement. In the top left, a village of houses for Indigenous persons and families; in the bottom left, a group of Noongar living in pre-European style. The transition from savagery to civilisation was beyond anything else a physical transition from the bush, the silva, to the town, the civitas. It meant rejecting a nomadic life and adopting a settled one.
Dimensions: 
Visible paper size 44cm x 59cm
Meston Walter Patterson attributedview full entry
Reference: see Artvisory auction, The David and Marie Louise Wordsworth Collection, Peppermint Grove, Perth, Western Australia - Part One, July 13, 2025 221: Attributed to Walter Patterson Meston 
Scotland/Western Australia, (1870-1936) 
St Patrick and Stella Maris.A pair of impressive paintings on canvas of Catholic subject matter: Hibernian Australasian Catholic Benefit Society Star of the Sea Branch 

Provenance: Arthur Spartalis Subiaco Perth 2012
Dimensions: 
Each: 257cm x 248cm
Artist Name: 
Attributed to Walter Patterson Meston
Oakley Miss Aview full entry
Reference: from Trove, uncorrected text:
See Argus 17 May 1927
EXHIBITION OF PAINTINGS.
An exhibition of water-colours by Miss
A. K. Oakley and Mrs. M. Walsoe will be
opened at the Institute of Arts and Litera-
ture, 178 Collins street, this afternoon.
Miss Oakley hangs studies of (flowers and
a few landscapes, and Mrs. Walsoe has
confined her efforts to lanscape subjects.
Both painters reveal a commendable sin-
cerity of purpose. Nice colour is observed
in "Phlox," Asters," and "Almond Blos-
som," by Miss Oakley, and among Mrs.
Walsoe's studies "Waratah Bay " and
"Stormy Sea" are outstanding. Mrs. Wal-
soe has on view also several pieces of pot-
tery, useful and ornamental, and one or
two modelled plaques, the best of which
is a portrait of Mr. P. S. Watson. The
exhibition is to remain open until May
28.

See SMH 3 Nov 1923
AN AUSTRALIAN FLOWER PAINTER.
"An Australian Flower Painter" contains
an appreciation of the ort of Miss A. E.
Oakley, ot Melbourne, by Mr. E. A. Vldler,
who points out that for some reason Aus-
tralian artists have neglected their native
flora. They paint landscapoa, In which wattle
and tho like appearB In the mass, but the
painting of wild flowers as Buch has attac
ted thom only Intermittently. It is regarded
as a side line. Gave by a fow exceptions, one
of whom Is Miss Oakley. Sho has achieved
great success in this direction; tho examples
of her work given display a fine sonso ot
colour, form, and arrangement. Thero are a
number of admirable reproductions of pic-
tures of Boronia, Sarsaparilla, Cootamundra
[ Wattle, Bluobell, Heath, and Gum leaves,
Ti-tree, aud other nativo blooms, and Mr.
Vldler will be Justified in his faith that "to
the national spirit and patriotic pride ot the
gonulno Australian, who not only loves, but
intimately knows, the nature ot tho native
flowers, thqso pictures cannot fall to appeal
strongly. They breathe the very spirit of the
bui-t they are eloquent of its poetry, and one
senses the characteristic perfume in realising
the form and colour of these falry-llko, and
sometimes gnomo-liko Australian blossoms,"
(Angus and Robertson.)

See Argus 19 Oct 1921
EXHIBITION OF PAINTINGS.
An exhibition, pf pictures in oil and
Water-colour by Miss A. E. Oakley was
opened yesterday, at thc Athenmum Hall,
in Collins street, lt comprises' flower
studies, landscapes, and an example or two
of figure-work. Thc flower studies, which
are executed in water-colour, a'medium that
is. well, adapted" .for .the portrayal of delicate
petals, form thc bulk bf thc collcetion_and
reveal thenrtist's best work. Among them
?are noticed.many.sketches of thc smaller
varieties 6f flowers, such as boronia, tea-tree
blossom, scarlet runner, and phlox, which,
in their wealth pf detail, present niany diffi-
culties in their portrayal. As will be ob-
served in several of the panels, Miss Oakley
has met with much success in overcoming
these" difficulties,; her work showing good
qualities of form and colour, .and a due re-
gard for.. the : character of thc flowers.
Several studies of the larger varieties of
flowers,; of which pansies, asters, nnd
almond ¦ blossom arc excellent examples,
and some sketches of the sea, among which
''Morning . Light" is prominent, are in-
cluded . aniong thc - water-colours. Miss
Oakley's work in oil docs not present very
strong technical qualities, being rather in-
definite in handling nnd weak in values:
but'in. a sea piece. "Fog at Sandringham,"
a pleasant sense of colour is noted; and in
a:fairly.large"figure subject, depicting a girl
11 reading by lamplight, the effect of warm
!| light is well suggested. The exhibition, will
1, remain'open' until'October 20.

Hall Stephen view full entry
Reference: Stephen Hall - In the Realm of Old White Men.Artspace on the Concord, Chatswood, July-August, 2025. Essay and 5 illustrations
Publishing details: The Cponcourse, 2025, pb, six folding pages,
Ref: 148
Beach and the Bush Theview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Ref: 148
Watlins Kathryn design and illustrationview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Williams Fred with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Whiteley Brett with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Weekes Trevor with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Shaw Morrice with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Robinson Sally with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
McKay Ian with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Marika Banduk with brief essay view full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Lanceley Colinview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Jackson Linda with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Gentle Ian with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Footprints - Women’s Prinbtmakers Circle with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Darlow Mike with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Cole Peter Dview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Becker Paul with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Baker Jeanie with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Anchor Mortrlock & Woolley with brief essayview full entry
Reference: The Beach and the Bush, by Margaret Biship, A Visual Art K - !@ Teaching Resource. Development by Wayne Pearson and Graham Spindler, Design and illustration by Kathryn Watkins. Includes essays on some artists.
Publishing details: No Publisher listed, 40pp, pb.[This copy ex library of Newington College, with stamps]
Australia’s Yesterdaysview full entry
Reference: Australia's yesterdays : the illustrated story of how xwe lived, worked and played / Reader's Digest. Includes index.
Publishing details: Ultimo, N.S.W. : Reader's Digest, 2008, hc., 360pp. ill. (some col.), ports.
Longstaff John view full entry
Reference: see Australia's yesterdays : the illustrated story of how xwe lived, worked and played / Reader's Digest. Includes index.
Publishing details: Ultimo, N.S.W. : Reader's Digest, 2008, hc., 360pp. ill. (some col.), ports.
Dobell William trialview full entry
Reference: see Australia's yesterdays : the illustrated story of how xwe lived, worked and played / Reader's Digest. Includes index.
Publishing details: Ultimo, N.S.W. : Reader's Digest, 2008, hc., 360pp. ill. (some col.), ports.
Cross Stanview full entry
Reference: see Australia's yesterdays : the illustrated story of how xwe lived, worked and played / Reader's Digest. Includes index.
Publishing details: Ultimo, N.S.W. : Reader's Digest, 2008, hc., 360pp. ill. (some col.), ports.
Lindsay Norman many referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australia's yesterdays : the illustrated story of how xwe lived, worked and played / Reader's Digest. Includes index.
Publishing details: Ultimo, N.S.W. : Reader's Digest, 2008, hc., 360pp. ill. (some col.), ports.
Clark Peter Russellview full entry
Reference: see ABC obituary, summary: Peter Russell-Clarke, best known as one of Australia's first celebrity TV chefs, has died after reported complications from a stroke.
He was best known for hosting the ABC cooking show Come and Get It in the 1980s, appearing on almost 1,000 episodes.
Russell-Clarke also had a six-decade career as an artist, with his work appearing in exhibitions at home and abroad...

An avid artist
Russell-Clarke started painting long before his interest in the culinary arts grew. He worked as a commercial artist for about 65 years, including for 10 years as the political cartoonist for The Herald newspaper in Melbourne.
In 2022, Russell-Clarke told the National Portrait Gallery about the similarities between his love for cooking and painting.
"[While painting,] you're mucking around with colour, form, texture, shape. And with cooking, you're doing the same thing," he said.
"Cooking is only supplying heat to food. The same as painting. Painting is supplying paint to a surface, whether it's a canvas or a piece of cardboard."
His artworks have been featured in exhibitions in Australia and overseas, at private venues, auctioned at the Shepparton Art Museum and collected by the National Immigration Museum.
Russell-Clarke was even commissioned to produce several pieces for the federal government.
He is survived by his wife of 65 years, Jan, their two children Peter and Wendy, and three grandchildren.
Publishing details: https://www.abc.net.au/news/2025-07-06/peter-russell-clarke-dies-aged-89/105500112
Clark Peter Russellview full entry
Reference: obituary in Sydney Morning Herald, by Rob Harris, 7.6.25, p30
Watling Thomasview full entry
Reference: convict artist at Sydney Cove. The drawings of Thomas Watling, 1792-1796. by John Curry. ‘A scholarly monograph on this pioneer colonial artist, produced in an edition of only 10 copies, lettered A-J, of which the author/printer gave four to institutional libraries and retained two: the present copy, lettered C, is therefore one of a balance of four.

Publishing details: [Melbourne], The Banks Society, [2023].
Obong quarto, pp.168, [ii], illustrated throughout, partly in colour; original quarter calf, card slipcase.
Ref: 1009
Adamson-Pinczewski Samaraview full entry
Reference: Samara Adamson-Pinczewski - Flying Colours
The first time I saw Samara’s paintings there was an instant attraction: they were highly architectonic. I’m an architect and my art collecting is deeply focused on the abstract representation of space, including architecture. Her work ticked all the boxes. What I admired in these early paintings was the strongly coloured, bold geometric forms – compositions with a hint of perspective that nonetheless read as abstract representations of architectural space. When I subsequently spoke to Samara, she explained that her fascination with local and international Modernist architecture was a dominant inspiration of her art practice. This resonated with my experience of growing up and studying architecture, over 50 years ago, in the Modernist era. There are generational differences in my and Samara’s experiences of the evolution of both Modernist architecture and visual arts which I feel are worthwhile reviewing to contextualise her practice and this exhibition.

Modernism, regarded by some historians as spanning from 1860 to 1960, represented a new vision for the world to distinguish itself from the past. In architecture, this was characterised by the rejection of historic references and decoration to focus on core elements: form, structure, materiality, function, context, light; anything superfluous was to be discarded. This reductionism also applied to the visual arts, moving from realist expression to abstraction, focusing on the core elements of visual composition: line, shape, form, colour, texture, space, materiality. Within Modernism, both architecture and visual art had two principal streams: rationalism and expressionism. Rationalist architecture was characterised by minimalist geometries and mathematical precision, exemplified in Mies van der Rohe’s Barcelona Pavilion and Farnsworth House. Expressionist architecture was characterized by complex geometries, fluid forms and raw materiality, exemplified in Le Corbusier’s Chapel in Ronchamp and the Convent of La Tourette. Mirrored in the visual arts, this distinction is seen by comparing the work of Mondrian with that of Kandinsky and Arp. A consequence of Modernist abstraction in both architecture and visual art was its universality of expression; it was no longer rooted in the history or realism of place. While Modernist architecture’s moniker became International Style, abstract art was practiced globally, with artists referencing each other and sharing ideas and the language of abstraction. Modernism in architecture and the visual arts waned in the early second half of the twentieth century, with Post-Modernism reacting against its orthodoxy and rigidity. Towards the end of the twentieth century, Modernism returned, often referred to as Neo-Modernism. Its architecture retained the fundamentals of Modernism but became more nuanced in expression, reference, new materials and technology, as exemplified in Norman Foster’s HSBC Building, Hong Kong, and Frank Gehry’s Guggenheim Museum Bilbao.

The Justin Arthouse Musuem (JAHM) rarely collects artists in depth, only collecting multiple works by an artist when an evolution in their practice is observed. An admirable characteristic of Samara’s practice is her pushing of boundaries – against her own focus on representations of architecture and space. Her early works were mostly linear compositions painted on canvas or incised on aluminium sheeting. These evolved into shaped paintings, and then into small but complex curved and planar free-standing sculptures that alluded to the architecture of Daniel Libeskind and Frank Gehry. A work from each of these phases is in the JAHM collection.

In this exhibition, Samara presents her next evolution: suspended, counterbalanced mobiles that allow her sculptures to float in space (Flying Colours 1, 2024 and Flying Colours 2, 2025). These dissolve one of the distinctions between art and architecture: where art is generally static – to be viewed or walked around; architecture is dynamic – an experience of using a space, of moving through it, of feeling its light changing throughout the day. Artists traditionally represented the experience of space using perspective. The emergence of Kinetic Art allowed for the dynamics of movement - Alexander Calder’s mobiles being a prime example.

Samara adds another element of dynamism to her paintings, sculptures and mobiles through her incorporation of iridescent and metallic paints, which gives them their reflective surfaces – an affinity born from her family’s scrap metal business. While this dynamism can be experienced through her static paintings and sculptures, it is supercharged with her mobiles. Their luminance and reflectivity is comparable to the titanium panels that Gehry used to clad Guggenheim Bilboa, which constantly change relative to the movement and reflection of the sun.

The paintings in this exhibition range from works on paper – such as Travelling Through 1 and 2, 2016 – to works on wood panels – such as Ethereal Rhythms 1 and 2, 2024 and In The Balance 1 and 2, 2024 – to works on canvas – such as Crossways, 2025 and Formation 1 and 2, 2025. They all present a progression in composition, form, depth, colour and luminance from simplicity to complexity. One could argue that the contrast between Crossways and Formation 1 and 2 reflects the contrast between rationalism and expressionism, a distinction that today – in both architecture and art – is blurred.

In his The Art-Architecture Complex (2011), American art critic and historian Hal Foster argues that today there is a convergence between art and architecture; as architecture is becoming more sculptural, art is becoming more monumental in scale and immersive in experience. One only needs to compare Gehry’s Guggenheim in Bilbao and Richard Serra’s monumental sculpture at Gibbs Farm in New Zealand to reflect on Foster’s proposition.

It seems ironic that in the twenty first century both art and architecture are predominantly made by hand. Even with so much technology and machinery, the basic process is not dissimilar to that of thousands of years ago, and we can still marvel at the scale, precision and workmanship of structures effectively built by hand. Gehry’s Guggenheim was made possible with CAD (computer aided design) and CAM (computer aided manufacturing) that enabled each of the 32,000 different titanium panels to be manufactured – yet they were installed by hand. Samara’s free-standing sculptures and mobiles were similarly fabricated using computers to produce 3D-printed ABS resin. In her small studio with her extensive range of brushes neatly arranged on their racks, up to 15 coats of the latest technology paints have been applied by hand. Like Michelangelo’s Sistine Chapel, Samara’s more modest quest has conceptual parallels. Each section is masked and painted separately, resulting in a finish of near perfection and exemplifying the capacity of artists to produce hand-made art with imagination and craftmanship, even though technology is involved.

In 2024, JAHM presented an exhibition titled ARTitecture: Artists Visioning the Built World. It explored distinctions between architecture and art, and how artists’ works related to architecture without being constrained by obligations of function, budget, construction, or regulation. Of course, there were many responses, but generally artists act as mirrors to the world they live in and reflect on what they experience. In this context they are often referred to as visual philosophers. Samara’s work reflects on the architecture of today, as distinct to last century’s Modernism, with a distinctive voice that reflects on our contemporary world. Her commitment is supported and nurtured by her family and Charles Nodrum Gallery – a gallery with a long history and reputation in showing and supporting Modernist art and abstraction in Australia. This was marked by the outstanding exhibition of the Nodrum family’s art collection, titled Aspects of Abstraction at Town Hall Gallery in 2024/2025. Charles and his daughter Kate have extended this support to the next generation of abstract artists, such as with Samara Adamson-Pinczewski through her exhibition Flying Colours. All are to be congratulated.

Charles Justin AM
Director Justin Art House Museum- JAHM

Publishing details: Charles Nodrum Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Thomson Edward 1822-1873view full entry
Reference: see Lawsons auction Fine Art, July 17, 2025, lot 502:
EDWARD THOMSON
(1822 - 1873)
Waterhole and Black Swans, Gwydir River 1866
oil on canvas
inscribed to label verso: No 11 Waterhole at [?] Gwydir River NSW / E. Thomson 1866.
Dimensions
35.5 x 51 cm. (13.9 x 20.0 in.)
Artist or Maker
Edward W. Thomson
Medium
oil on canvas
Condition Report
Please note that whilst we endeavour to mention any imperfection, the absence of this information in the catalogue does not automatically imply that the lot is free from defect.
Exhibited

[possibly] Australian Subscription Library March 1867

References:
Lennon, J. and Kerr, J. (1992) ‘Thomson (Thompson), Edward', in The Dictionary of Australian Artists: Painters, Sketchers, Photographers and Engravers to 1870. Melbourne, VIC: Oxford University Press, pp. 795–796.

The Sydney Morning Herald (1867) ‘Old Paintings at the Australian Library ', 7 March, p. 4.
Provenance
Private collection, UK
Grigg G H 1900-1979view full entry
Reference: see Cheffins Timed Auction, UK, 21.7.25, lot 91: G.H. Grigg (Australian, 1900-1979)
‘Woodland Scene, Clare, South Australia’ & ‘Fishing Cutters unloading, Port Adelaide, S.A.’
signed and dated lower right 19(31)
watercolour
22 x 33cm and 33 x 22cm (2)
A pair of watercolours, signed and dated 1931, inscribed with titles on mounts, unframed. (2)
Mayor S marine artistview full entry
Reference: see Mendip Auction Rooms, UK, 19.7.25, lot 285: S Mayor, oil on board, a sailing yacht at sea, signed and dated 1890 lower left in red. 29.5cm x 45.5cm, framed 37cm x 53cm. The frame painted with the title 'Gudrun', possibly referring to the three-masted barque which was shipwrecked off Australia in 1901.
Waters Donald Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Wincanton Auctions Ltd, UK, 17.7.25, lot 90: Donald James Waters (Australian, b. 1949)
“I Can’t Watch”
Acrylic on canvas, signed lower left and verso
Dimensions: 49 x 39 cm (canvas), framed

A vibrant and whimsical composition by celebrated Australian artist Donald James Waters, titled "I Can’t Watch", portraying a lively group of children climbing and swinging from a tree with joyous abandon. Waters’ distinctive and energetic style is evident in the bold brushwork, exaggerated forms, and playful palette. The scene captures a moment of carefree childhood, with a humorous twist as one figure appears to shield their eyes in nervous anticipation. A charming and characterful work from this popular contemporary artist.
Signed to the lower left and again verso, with title and medium inscribed on the canvas reverse.

Provenance: Private collection
Condition: Excellent overall condition; ready to hang.
More Information
Donald James Waters – “I Can’t Watch”
Acrylic on canvas, 49 x 39 cm

Donald James Waters is a well-known Australian contemporary artist celebrated for his vibrant, whimsical portrayals of childhood, family life, and everyday Australiana. His original acrylic paintings, especially those featuring children in dynamic compositions, are popular among collectors.

Current Market Estimate:

Retail / Gallery Price Range: AUD $2,000 – $4,000

Auction Estimate (UK): £600 – £1,200

Private Sale Estimate: £800 – £1,500 depending on venue and condition

Factors affecting value:
? Signed original with verso inscription
? Appealing, marketable subject
? Good size and condition
? Strong, recognisable style

Should you be considering insurance, a figure of £1,500–£2,000 would be appropriate for replacement value in a gallery or retail context.
Mill Peter Barker-view full entry
Reference: THE FIRST FLEET. The record of the foundation of Australia from its conception to the settlement at Sydney Cove. Compiled from the official documents in the Public see Rare books, maps & prints featuring the Alexander collection of Australiana & Pacific voyages, including natural history
by Record Office, with extracts from the log-books of H.M.S. Sirius and an introduction and notes by Owen Rutter, with 2 leaves of facsimiles and wood-engraved illustrations by Peter Barker-Mill; original niger morocco with inlays hand-dyed in five colours, the design representing Sydney Harbour, gilt edges, by Rivière, in cloth slipcase.
The very rare special issue, one of five copies in this binding, published at twelve guineas. As the prospectus stated, the hand-dying of the leather was ‘an entirely new and original process’:
Publishing details: [London], Golden Cockerel Press, 1937. Small folio,
Friend Donaldview full entry
Reference: see Rare books, maps & prints featuring the Alexander collection of Australiana & Pacific voyages, including natural history
by Peter Arnold, auction 19 July, 2025, lot 124 - FRIEND, Donald. Preliminary notes & sketches for projected illustrated works by Donald Friend . . . 1978-79-80 [artist’s manuscript title]. Large octavo album, numbered to 191 pages, comprising working drafts of literary projects with numerous sketches in watercolour, pen and pencil, including some collages and an ink self-portrait as frontispiece, a few loosely enclosed, with some mounted proof printings; quarter cloth with manuscript labels, in folding cloth box with a mounted reproduction of the self-portrait.
Donald Friend’s ‘day book’ from his most productive years as a creator of illustrated books. The projected works include Rochester’s The Farce of Sodom; The life & curious adventures of Blue-eyed Patty; Codex Bumbooziaticus; Coogan’s Gully; The story of Jonah; and In quest of the phoenix. The latter two are unpublished and some fine drawings included appear to be unrelated to any of the projects.
A splendid Friend artefact, demonstrating both his rich imagination and his admired draughtsmanship.
Ref: 1000
Krimper Schulim (1893-1971) view full entry
Reference: Schulim Krimper - exhibition curated by Kirsty Grant, this exhibition brings together 41 of Krimper's special pieces ranging from iconic sideboards and cocktail cabinets to chairs, stools and trolleys, as well as lesser known but no less intriguing items such as sewing boxes, lidded jars and children's toys.  
The magnificent Exhibition is dedicated to Terence Lane OAM (1946-2024) eminent curator and long standing member of the Australiana Society. With Terence's passing in 2024, we honour his enormous contribution to the appreciation and knowledge of Krimper's life and work, and to Australian art and design more generally.
The work of Schulim Krimper (1893-1971) holds a distinct place in the field of mid-20th century Australian furniture design. A skilled craftsman whose European training instilled in him a respect for materials as well as a desire for beauty and perfection, Krimper created handcrafted timber furniture in a modern style during the 1940s, 50s and 60s. His innovative work had a profound impact on the development of furniture design in Australia.

Publishing details: Bayside Gallery, Cnr. Wilson & Carpenter Streets, Brighton, Vic. 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered view full entry
Reference: Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Ref: 148
Buckley Williamview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Campbell Oswald Roseview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Wedge John Helderview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Becker Ludwig portrait of William Buckleyview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Barak Williamview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
McRae Tommy view full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Calvert Samuel engraving of William Buckleyview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Costantini C T H portrait of William Buckleyview full entry
Reference: see Willaim Buckley - Rediscovered.
William Buckley is one of the first and most remarkable identities in the recorded history of Geelong and its region, and his story is ripe for review in the context of this special exhibition. This is especially so in view of the extent to which visual artists, past and present, have given expression to certain of the most dramatic or poignant episodes in Buckley's life.
The legend of William Buckley is depicted in paintings, watercolours, photographs, prints and drawings, rare historical and archival items—including charts, letters, books, and a small group of aboriginal artifacts—all of which amplify the experience of the pictorial representation of the events with which the items are connected.
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2001, pb 37 pages [downloaded version]
Thomson Edward 1822 - 1873view full entry
Reference: see Lawsons Fine Art Sale, 17.7.25, lot 502: EDWARD THOMSON, (1822 - 1873), Waterhole and Black Swans, Gwydir River 1866, oil on canvas, 35.5 x 51 cm. (13.9 x 20.0 in.)
Thomson Edward 1822 - 1873view full entry
Reference: see DAAO: Edward Thomson b. 1822
Also known as E. Thompson, E. Thomson, E. T.
Artist (Painter)
A landscape painter associated with the New England district of New South Wales. His earlier works were watercolours but he turned to oils in his later period.
- painter, art teacher, gold-digger and settler, possibly began his colonial artistic career in South Australia. According to the Jensens, one 'E. Thompson’ – a common misspelling – was offering his services as drawing master at Mellor’s Academy, Waymouth Street, Adelaide, in December 1840. By the late 1840s, however, Thomson (again often spelt 'Thompson’ by the press) was working in the New England district of northern NSW. Landscape Australia (New England) by 'E. Thompson’ was included among the prizes offered by the Sydney art dealer James Grocott in his art union held in August 1848. Two unspecified landscapes and two views of New England by 'Thompson’ exhibited by the printer and stationer John Sands in the Society for the Promotion of the Fine Arts in Australia Exhibition in 1849 were labelled 'hard, muddy and unnatural’ by the Sydney Morning Herald 's art critic.
Four views of NSW by Thomson were shown with the Royal Scottish Academy in 1851, including a View in New England – New South Wales lent by D. Anderson. It probably depicted Anderson’s former property, Moredun, since there are several Moredun views among the fifty-one watercolours in a surviving sketchbook (NLA) attributed to Thomson. With the exception of one drawing initialled E.T. all are unsigned, but most were drawn in the New England and Northern Rivers districts of NSW (two are night views of Sydney Heads and Broulee Heads). Included are Beardie Country from Ben Lomond , Clarence River near Ogilvie’s and homesteads such as Wellingrove and Salisbury Court , the latter with its bearded owner C. Marsh and his dog in the foreground. There are also sketches of local Aboriginal sites: Blacks’ Camp near Newton Boyd Station Clarence District (a property then owned by C.G. Tindal), and Black’s Grave near Pindari (with carved tree and burial mound). They show Thomson to have been a talented watercolourist of a picturesque disposition with an interest in capturing the distinctive tones of the Australian landscape. His preference for dull greens and browns explains the Herald critic’s pejorative 'muddy’.
In the early 1850s one Edward Thomson was accused by Edward Hammond Hargraves of being the chief initiator of the abortive goldrush to Canning Downs, Queensland, by peppering the area with gold and faking a large nugget from a lead bullet covered with gold leaf. Replying that he had indeed found small quantities of gold at Lord John’s Swamp, the Severn and in gullies leading into McIntyre’s Brook, Thomson refuted Hargraves’s allegations in an open letter published in the Sydney Morning Herald in September 1852 in which he complained that at Lord John’s Swamp he had 'swamped more time and money than I could well afford (artists in this colony are not proverbial for being overburdened with heavy purses)’. He admitted responsibility for the fake nugget – concocted, he claimed, as a 'trivial piece of tomfoolery’ apparently to hoax 'the great gold-finder’ himself – but denied Hargraves’s allegations that he had been supplied with gold dust to pepper holes at Canning Downs as a paid agent of the owner of the property George Leslie and other squatters in the district. His letter was signed 'Edward Thomson, An Artist, Warwick, Darling Downs’.
Many years later Thomson appears to have turned to oil painting. One Edward Thomson exhibited twelve oil landscapes of the New England district at Sydney’s Australian Subscription Library in March 1867, including views of Myall Creek, the Reef Ridge near Bingara, Boro Creek and Falls on the Gwydir River, Rocky Creek and Terry Hie Hie Mountain. All were for sale. A view of the Gwydir River between Koonganooran and Keera stations was judged the gem of the collection:
The scene represents the well wooded banks of a broad widening stream, the clear waters of which appear to be sparkling in the half intercepted sunlight… The trees on the right side of the river are admirable, and the long vista beyond them, up the course of the stream, is very beautifully painted.
Referring to View on the Reef Ridge near Bingera [ Bingara ], the critic mentioned the 'blending tints of a vast tract of rolling forest land’ – a characteristic of the earlier watercolour paintings – and it is likely that the two Edward Thomsons were one and the same, despite the fact that this one was reported to be 'an English landscape painter of no mean excellence … at present on a visit to these colonies’. With little reason to remind the newspapers, particularly the Herald , of any earlier presence in the colony, the statement is best read as (inconclusive) evidence that Thomson had returned to Britain in the long interval between exhibitions.
When showing seven oil and four watercolour paintings at the 1870 Sydney Intercolonial Exhibition, Thomson appeared in another guise, as a resident of Gwydirdale included in the amateur artists’ section. His exhibits included Boro Creek , On the Gwydir, above Boro Creek and Myall Creek, near Mr Dangar’s (all oils), and On the Rocky Creek (w/c). Although his amateur status appears to have been unequivocally proclaimed, the Herald was unconvinced: 'Several pictures of river scenery, contributed by Mr Edward Thomson, Gwydirdale, show an extraordinary amount of talent – all the more wonderful if (as it is reported) they are the work of a self-taught artist in the wilds of the interior’. This Edward Thomson certainly had a different palette, the Herald stating that the colouring of the trees 'seems rather too bright for the foliage of an Australian forest’, while acknowledging that 'the painting is extremely clever’. At the Agricultural Society of NSW’s Metropolitan Intercolonial Exhibition of 1875 C.B. Cuttrise, Esq., lent On the Gwydir by 'The late E. Thomson’ along with other works from his collection to the non-competitive oil painting section of the show. Thomson had died in 1873.
An undated (1850s) watercolour of Baddersley Creek was listed as the work of John Thompson when shown in the Armidale and District Historical Society’s exhibition at the City Council Art Gallery in June-July 1967, yet medium, style and New England subject strongly suggest it too was Edward Thomson’s work.
Writers:
Lennon, Jane
Date written:
1992

Thomson Edward 1822 - 1873view full entry
Reference: see worksin the National Library of Australia
Reinhard Kenview full entry
Reference: Artworks and Studio Ceramics From The Estate of the Artist Ken Reinhard AM, Shapiro Auctions, Timed Online Auction Wednesday 23 July, 2025, 208 lots, works by Ken Reinhardt and by other artists in Reinhardt’s collection.
Duke William Maori Chief Hohepa Te Umuroa in NGAview full entry
Reference: Launch of portrait by William Duke of Maori Chief Hohepa Te Umuroa
Published on Governor-General of the Commonwealth of Australia (http://www.gg.gov.au)
Address by His Excellency Mr Michael Bryce AM AE
On the occasion of Launch of portrait by William Duke of Maori Chief Hohepa Te Umuroa
National Gallery of Australia, Canberra 1 May 2012
Ladies and gentlemen, I am honoured indeed to be asked by Dr Ron Radford to launch, or rather reveal, this new acquisition – a portrait of the Maori Warrior Chief Hohepa Te Umuroa (1846) by William Duke (1815-1853).
I am also delighted to see on show some other works by Duke alongside this unique painting, as it fills a gap in our artistic history of the period 1840-1855, and recognises an artist who has been hidden away in some important collections, but never so grand as finding a place in the National Collection in the National Gallery of Australia.
Duke’s work, once described as “naïve but not incompetent” in reference to his painting, was diverse, eclectic and somewhat commercial – being a journey from his natural talent to some modest fame.
His work ranges from scenic theatre sets to lithographs, paintings, and even the sculpture of a ship’s figurehead, and fits more as descriptive and presentational than art.
Duke arrived in Australia in 1840 from County Cork aged 25, and he and his wife Lucy set about raising a family of 6; the eldest Mary Emma, was to marry my great grandfather James Bryce from Scotland (1857).
And I must say it’s quite nice to have a ‘duke’ in the family!
His early career, from being described on arrival as a carpenter, moved into a job as a scene painter for the Royal Victorian Theatre Company in Sydney.
In his short life he moved first to New Zealand (1844) where the smaller pictures -- The Celebrated Chief Hone (or John Heke), and the portrait of Mekata (Maketu), now held by the National Library, were begun, before moving to Hobart (1845) where the portrait Hohepa Te Umuroa was made, and the whaling lithographs and paintings were commissioned.
He moved back to Melbourne where he became well known as scene painter and mechanist for the Royal Victorian Theatre Company, and there some fame arrived.
His commissions in Hobart stemmed from the desire of the owners of the whaling fleets to depict their ships at work during the great whaling period of the mid to late 1800s.
His lithographs reflect the excitement and challenge of brave sailors in small boats killing whales with harpoons, or grand paintings of ships under sail with stirring titles like “The Flurry” (1848), “The Chase” (1848), “The Rounding” and “The Cutting In”, and the major work “Offshore Whaling with the Aladdin and Jane” (1849)
But it is the painting of HOHEPA TE UMUROA that has captured the interest of the art world as the only known sitting portrait of a Maori Chief in the aftermath of the Maori Wars (1844-46).
The look of this young man, over 6 feet tall, with tattooed face, with his tokutoku (weapon), showing strength and courage, must have been fascinating to Europeans on the mainland at the time.
Alas poor Te Umuroa died of tuberculosis in 1847, on Maria Island Prison, within a year of this painting.
He was buried with due solemnity and dignity with a large headstone showing the respect that the colony had for these brave martyrs.
In 1988, 140 years later, a delegation of Maori elders came to Hobart and exhumed his body – still a full skeleton wrapped in the mat -- and returned him to New Zealand where he now lies at Jerusalem on the Wanganui River near Wellington.
By sheer coincidence this past week I have been in New Zealand with Quentin on a State Visit, and I found the story of Hohepa (Joseph) very moving – as we received many Haka salutes and nose presses.
It was moving to see men and women dressed just like the warriors of 1844 welcoming us to their land.
The tragedy of this young man, this patriot, and his death at 26, filled me with sadness and reminded me of the shared history of our two countries.
The story of Hohepa Te Umuroa is to be celebrated in a large scale opera soon to be played in Wellington, entitled “Hohepa” – the story of a friendship between a Maori Chief and a Pakeha settler during the Maori Wars.
Imagine my melancholy surprise at the coincidence of this event and today’s launch.
Despite the importance of Duke’s art work, most fame seems to have been bestowed for his scenic displays at the Royal Victorian Theatre and the American Circus, for it is here that his work as a stage artist and mechanist drew gasps of breath from audiences.
“Superior to anything as yet seen in the Colonies”
“An effort of genius and art which would do honour to any exhibition in the Colonies.”
One wonders what would have been his life’s work had he lived beyond 36.
Duke’s life was admired but it was not well rewarded. While supporting a wife and 6 children he seems to have sold off works too cheaply in an effort to survive.
The reference to his death was reported in the Hobarton Courier, 26th October 1853 under the title “Death of Mr Duke the Artist”.
“Mr Duke, an artist who became popular here by the production of his pencil and the urbanity of his deportment, died at an early hour on Monday morning at his residence in Collingwood. Last Saturday week he was engaged on some painting and decorations at the American Circus for Mr Rowe, by whom he had been partially employed for two or three weeks past, and was expecting to be able to proceed with the portraits of Mrs C. Young.”
It goes on to describe his failing health, death and the losses reducing him to poverty.
This does not diminish the esteem in which we hold this special artist, and my pride in an ancestor.
When I discovered the lithograph of William Duke in the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, the Director, Bill Bleathman shook my hand and said he was honoured to meet a descendant of William Duke.
We were both very excited especially to find that there were high quality prints of two of his lithographs and the painting New Town Road, Hobart.
To have acquired the Hohepa portrait is a coup, but to have displayed it together with the other side of William Duke’s work is a greater gift than we ever expected.
For this I thank Ron Radford very much.
I am now honoured to be able to officially launch the exhibit of works of William Duke, marine painter of Van Dieman’s
Launch of portrait by William Duke of Maori Chief Hohepa Te Umuroa
Published on Governor-General of the Commonwealth of Australia (http://www.gg.gov.au)
Land, and to welcome the portrait of Hohepa to the National Gallery of Australia.
Source URL: http://www.gg.gov.au/speech/launch-portrait-william-duke-maori-chief-hohepa-te-umuroa


Meston Emily obituaryview full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald, 
Wed 21 Oct 1914, Page 7
THE LATE EMILY MESTON.
The world of Australian art has lost, by
the death of Miss Emily Meston, one of its
most gifted women-an artist whoso versatile
talent enabled her to achieve success in land-
scapes, flower painting, and portraiture.
Her charming little sea and landscapes,
with their sunlight and wonderful colour, are
known to many of us, and she is represented
in the National Galleries of at least three
of the States by exquisite studies of grapes.
But it was in portraiture that her greatest
talent was revealed; her flesh tones were
true her technique broad and strong, and
she has left behind her many fine portraits
of well-known public men, one of the most
notable being a life-sized oil painting of
Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart, painted in his
academic blue and scarlet robes, and hanging
in the great hall of the University of Sydney.
Her tender and delicate little pastel por-
traits of children must also be mentioned,
and those of us who possess examples of
these value them as little gems of colour and
daintiness. In her work she was an idealist,
ever striving to give expression to the highest
in form and colour. ln the execution of her
work she found her greatest happiness, her
soul absorbed the beauty of the world around
her, and her highest efforts were put forth
in the attempt to reproduce and make per-
manent- some of life's fleeting beauty.
In the midst of life and work and happi-
ness her call came, and those who were privi-
leged to work with her and know and appreci-
ate her sweet and gracious personality felt a
keen sense of loss at the premature death
of one so gifted and so loveable. Her work
remains, and we can only trust that the
spirit in which she worked may rest upon
those of her own kin on whom this gift of
the gods has also fallen. S. A. R.
Meston Emily exhibition 1914 by the lateview full entry
Reference: see The Sydney Morning Herald 
Tue 8 Dec 1914 page 5:
THE EMILY MESTON EXHIBITION.
-.-«-,
At the invitation of Mrs. G. Birrell Robert-
son a number of people interested in paint-
ing assembled at Anthony Hordern and Sons'
Fine Art Gallery yesterday afternoon for
tha opening of an exhibition of tho works of
tho late Emily Meston. Mr. R. S. Gillett
(managing director) assisted at the reception
of visitors to whom ho Introduced
Mr. A. B. Piddington for tho purposes of
a ceremonial opening speech*. The latter
remarked that the collection he had the privi-
lege to declare open to the public was in-
vested with a certain tragic significance
owing to the too early denth of the painter.
Miss Meston was not only distinguished in
her art, but throughout her career had proved
herself one of the most loyal and genuine
of comrades in her profession. It might
seem strange that amidst the clash of arms
throughout Europo the voice of Pity should
strive to be heard for one life cut short in
the flower of its achievement. But surely
pity could be spared for the single life that
had laboured faithfully as well as for the
thousand victims of those conflicts which
decided the fate of nations. Miss Meston
had been admired for the sweetness of her
nature, but beneath that lay an indomitable
resolution in tho pursuit of the ideals of art.
That frail figuro had been inspired by the
force of an ambition which nerved the ar-
tist to judge her own work by the sevorist
standard In the result, sho nover became
tho slave of her own conventions, nover In-
tentionally ropoated herself, or imitated pre-
vious success in order to catch the public
favour. This accounted for, the 3pirit of
genuine realism Avhich pervaded tho collec-
tion, endowing tho artist with a versatility
which enabled her to handlo admirably a
great variety of subjects. (Applause.)
Tho late Miss Meston's qunlitlo3 as nn
artist aro so generally understood nnd ap-
preciated that It will bo sufficient to state
that tho exhibition now on' view during the
next week or two embraces nearly one hun-
dred examples of her mnnuor. Somo vivid
portraits, notably of Sir George Reid, the
Rev .Dr. M'lnnls as Moderator, Mrs. A. B.
Piddington, and Mr. James Ashton, M.L.C,
arc included, as Avoll ns many studies of
Towers and fruit, in which the artist ex-
celled. Whito and black grapes amidst
green leaves, oA-erflowlng from a well-filled
hamper, will be especially admired for charm
with which bloom on the fruit is suggested.
The landscapes aro unequal in merit, but
several that aro quiet and artistic In tone,
as in the case of No. 56, will amply repay in-
spection.
Duke William obituaryview full entry
Reference: see [The Courier (Hobart), 26 October 1853, p.3, col.2.]:
Death of Mr. DUKE THE ARTIST. Mr Duke an artist who became popular here by the productions of his pencil and the urbanity of his deportment, died at an early hour on Monday morning, at his residence in Collingwood. Last Saturday week he was engaged on some painting and decorations at the American Circus for Mr Rowe, by whom he has been partially employed for two or three weeks past. He at that time complained of being poorly, and went home. During the early part of the last week he became worse, but about Friday he appeared to be improving fast, and was expecting to be able to proceed with the portraits of Mr. C. Young, and others, which he had in hand, during the present week. On Sunday, however, he had a relapse, and at 6 a.m on Monday he was a corpse. His disease was believed to be one of the heart. By his death a widow and six children – the eldest of whom is aged eleven years – are left totally unprovided for, and nearly destitute. At an early hour on Monday Mr. Rowe, with his accustomed liberality, headed a subscription-paper with £10, and during the day a respectable sum was obtained at the Circus for the widow and her children. Something of the kind is about to be done at the theatre also. Mr. Duke was a native of Cork, but for several years before he came here he followed his profession with great success at Sydney; losses subsequently reduced him to poverty.

 
Ashton Howard short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Ashton Julian short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Aspden David short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Badham Herbert short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Balson Ralph short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Beckett Clarice short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Blackman Charles short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Bergner Yosl short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Booth Peter short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Boyd Arthur short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Brack John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Brown Mike short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Bunny Rupert short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Buvelot Louis short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Cassab Judy short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Chevalier Nicholas short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Coburn John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Conder Charles short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Connor Kevin short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Counihan Noel short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Crowley Grace short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Dadswell Lyndon short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Davies David short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Dobell William short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Drysdale Russell short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Fairweather Ian short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Firth-Smith John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Fleischmann Arthur short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Fox E Phillips short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Frater William short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Friend Donald short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Gascoigne Rosalie short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Gleeson James short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Klippel Robert short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Glover John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Gruner Elioth short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
von Guerard Eugene short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Hawkins Weaver short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Herman Sali short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Heysen Hans short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Heysen Nora short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Hinder Frank short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Hinder Margel short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Hodgkinson Frank short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Hoff Rayner short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Johnson Michael short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Kemp Roger short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lambert George short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lanceley Colin short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lewers Gerald short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lewin John W short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Long Sydney short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lindsay Percy short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lymburner Francis short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Lynn Elwyn short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
McCubbin Frederick short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Mackennal Bertram short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Madigan Rosemary short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
de Maistre Roy short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Marika Mawalan short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Martens Conrad short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Mayo Daphne short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Meere Charles short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Meldrum Max short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Miller Godfrey short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Moore John D short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Murch Arthur short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Nerli Giralamo short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Nolan Sidney short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
O’Brien Justin short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
O’Connor Kathleen short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Olley Margaret short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Olsen John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Passmore John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Perceval John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Piguenit W C short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Plate Carl short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Preston Margaret short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Proctor Thea short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Prout John Skinner short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Pugh Clifton short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Ramsay Hugh short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Rapotec Stanislaus short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Rees Lloyd short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Richmond Oliffe short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Roberts Tom short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Robinson William short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Rose William short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Roth Constance short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Russell John Peter short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Senbergs Jan short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Shore Arnold short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Simpson Norah short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Smart Jeffrey short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Smith Grace Cossigton short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Smith Joshua short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Strachan David short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Streeton Arthur short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Thake Eric short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Thomson Ann short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possom short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Tjungurrayi Willy short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Tomescu Aida short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Traill Jessie short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Tribe Barbara short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Trenerry Horace short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Tucker Albert short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Tuckson Tony short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Unsworth Ken short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Upward Peter short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Vassilieff Danila short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Wakelin Roland short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Whiteley Brett short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Williams Fred short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Wilson Eric short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Withers Walter short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Wolseley John short essay onview full entry
Reference: see Australian Art in the Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Barry Pearce, with contributions by Helen Campbell, Deborah Edwards, Ursula Prunster, Anne Ryan, Vivienne Webb, Natalie Wilson. Includes short essays on works by about 120 artists; Includes bibliographical references (p.294-299). 'A beautifully presented book that allows the paintings and sculptures to speak for themselves without overloading the reader with information. Barry Pearce the gallery's head curator of Australian art, introduces the work and gives an informative and knowledgable account of the history of visual art in Australia and the collection.'
Publishing details: Sydney : Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2000
304 p. : col. ill.
Meisner Jo -view full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce auction, August 4, 2025, The Estate of the Late Jo Meisner - Art & Art Books. Sydney artist Jo Meisner (1954-2019) initially had a career in fashion, studying at the School of Fashion, East Sydney Technical College before managing stores and mentoring women in the fashion industry for 37 years. Completing a Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours from the National Art School in Sydney, she refocused her eye for fashion onto an interdisciplinary art practice that included sculptural assemblage, photography and installation - with conceptual themes spanning identity, social isolation, and the impact of technology on human connection.

Meisner exhibited with Damien Minton in Sydney, and internationally with Galerie MR80 in Paris, holding a critically acclaimed solo show in 2018. The auction features small silhouette sculptures and larger works, digitally printed on laser cut perspex, plus a selection of art books, monographs and art history titles from the artist’s personal collection. About 40 art works by the artist in the auction.
Smith Ericview full entry
Reference: Eric Smith: The Metaphysics of Paint
Macquarie University Art Gallery
18 June – 1 August 2025
Publishing details: Macquarie University Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Thake Eric 1904-1982view full entry
Reference: Eric Thake : a retrospective exhibition.
Catalog of an exhibition held May 21-July 4, 1970.
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria, 1970. 20 unnumbered pages : illustrations
Ref: 5
Lade Owenview full entry
Reference: An exhibition of child portraits and European watercolours by Owen Lade, curated by Felix Ratcliff. Source: Queen Victoria Museum & Art Gallery History Archive.
Publishing details: Arthouse, Launceston, TAS, 1993
Ref: 1009
Lade Owenview full entry
Reference: An exhibition of child portraits and European watercolours by Owen Lade, curated by Felix Ratcliff. Source: Queen Victoria Museum & Art Gallery History Archive.
Publishing details: Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Launceston, TAS., 1975
Ref: 1009
Norrie Maryview full entry
Reference: Mary Norrie (16 May 1917–2005) was an influential exponent of hard-edge abstraction and colour-field painting in Brisbane, her work Green abstract 1970 (illustrated) explores the relationship of colours in vertical stripes. The colour scheme of greens and yellows enlivened with muted reds; carefully balanced width of the stripes and their tonal variations, sets up a rhythm across the painting. Norrie consistently pursued her interest in pure abstraction, her explorations of colour evoke a strong emotional response. In Brisbane, during the late 1960s, Norrie was painting abstract work contemporary with the paintings in Sydney and Melbourne which were so acclaimed in 'The Field' exhibition of hard-edge abstraction in Australia, hosted by the National Gallery of Victoria in 1968. In contemporary reviews, Brisbane critic, Dr Gertrude Langer, recognised that Norrie's work of the late 1960s–70s was about colour for its own sake, the emotional resonance it afforded, and the integrity of the painted surface.
Alongside Joy Hutton and Irene Amos, Norrie was part of the Wednesday Group of women artists, who sublet a studio at St Mary's Anglican Church in Kangaroo Point every week from 1961.From QAGOMA wbsite
Mary Norrie Green abstract 1970 in in the QAG

Cazneaux Haroldview full entry
Reference: The Frensham Book, 100 Pictures by Cazneaux of an Australian School, 


Publishing details: John Fairfax & Sons Ltd., 1959, Limited to 500 Copies, 2nd Ed.,
Ref: 1000
Memories A Survey of Early Australian Furniture In The Collection of The Lord McAlpineview full entry
Reference: CORNALL, Graham. Memories A Survey of Early Australian Furniture In The Collection of The Lord McAlpine of West Green, 

Publishing details: Perth, 1990, colour & b/w illustrations,
Ref: 1000
Furniture view full entry
Reference: see CORNALL, Graham. Memories A Survey of Early Australian Furniture In The Collection of The Lord McAlpine of West Green, 

Publishing details: Perth, 1990, colour & b/w illustrations,
Omichi Nobuoview full entry
Reference: Nobuo Omichi - Farmer, Mukinbudin Western Australia,
Publishing details: Farmer, Mukinbudin Western Australia, 
Kimiko Fujiwara, 2003, soft cover
Ref: 1000
David & Diane Taylor Family Collection Theview full entry
Reference: The David & Diane Taylor Family Collection, [To be indexed]
Publishing details: [Australia], David and Diane Taylor, 2023, 192 pages : colour illustrations, photographs
Ref: 1009
Taylor David & Diane Family Collection view full entry
Reference: see The David & Diane Taylor Family Collection,
Publishing details: [Australia], David and Diane Taylor, 2023, 192 pages : colour illustrations, photographs
Helyer Nigelview full entry
Reference: Freeze Frame - A Cinenovel in 52 Reels. By Nigel Helyer.
Quelle est votre plus grand ambition dans la vie? Devenire immortel et puis mourir.
Jean-Luc Godard, À Bout de Souffle, 1960.
Fictionalising fiction - As a thirteen year old lad I, along with a
couple of friends were once left to kick our heels for the day in
central London —we were the crew in a sailing regatta waiting for
our helmsman to finish work. Being both wary of getting lost in the
capital and having little or no money we decided to visit the cartoon
cinema, that in those days was located on the main concourse of
Victoria station. However, unlike each Saturday morning, our
encounter was not, as we had imagined, with Bugs Bunny or the
Invisible Man but with something indescribable and utterly alien.
I left the cinema with mixed emotions, no longer an innocent, for I
had seen my first film by Jean-Luc Godard and my experience of
cinema had been irrevocably changed
Publishing details: published by Sonic Objects; Sonic Architectue Old Erowal Bay, NSW
Ref: 1000
Australian Rare Books 1606-1787 view full entry
Reference: Australian Rare Books 1606-1787 by Jonathan Wantrup
Forming a prequel to his earlier two-volume Australian Rare Books 1788-1900, the author here examines the printed works telling the story of the discovery of Australia, as the Dutch and English mariners first identified parts of New Holland’s outline, and then completed the map of the entire continent. Wantrup provides detailed descriptions of these books, which should prove invaluable to collectors, curators, cataloguers, and booksellers.

It is also the story of two centuries of geo-political and trade forces that drove the search for Terra Australis Incognita and the uncovering of the Pacific, analysed in light of the publications of the Spanish, Dutch, French, and English exploring nations from the time they first venture into the Pacific around Cape Horn. Wantrup analyses both official and unofficial accounts of voyages, 
while also providing a lively statement of the achievements of the scientists and mariners responsible for them.

Wantrup’s own career in the rare book trade, his role in guiding and advising collectors, his knowledge of bibliography, and his achievements as an author, mark this book as another unique contribution to the history of Australian discovery and its literature.
 
Publishing details: Published by Australian Book Auctions. Large octavo, 255 x 180 mm, 470 pages, 103 illustrations (17 in colour), twelve chapters, and two Checklists. Set in Adobe Garamond 11 / 13.
Ref: 1009
Eaton Janneneview full entry
Reference: Jannene Eaton: Lines of Sight – Frame and Horizon - Geelong Art Gallery
24 May – 17 August 2025
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2025, [catalogue details to be entrered.]
Ref: 1000
Colonial printsview full entry
Reference: see Friedrich Justin Bertuch's Bilderbuch fur Kinder enthaltend eine angenehme Sammlung von Thieren, Pflanzen, Blumen, Fruchten, Mineralien, Trachten und allerhand andern unterrichtenden Gegenst?nden aus dem Reiche der Natur, der K?nste und Wissenschaften. The work was published by Industrie-Comptoir between 1792 and 1810 in Weimar, Germany. The work was considered one of the finest natural history encyclopedias made for children. The engravings were done by Ludwig Ebner, C. Ermer, Theodor G?tz, Ludwig Hess, Conrad Horney, J.B. Hoessel, C., G. Starcke, and more under the direction of Melchior Kraus and Johann Heinrich Lips.

"Without a doubt, Bertuch's picture book is one of the greatest works that the children's book collector will encounter ... This is where modern, scientific thinking begins, the determination with which modern non-fiction is anticipated in children's books. In addition, it is one of the most precious treasures of the Collector's illustrated books." (E. Strobach in Philobiblon XIII, 255 ff.) As Bertuch stated in his introduction, "A picture book is just as essential and even more indispensable a meuble for a nursery as the cradle, doll or hobbyhorse."

The work was many-varied in what it illustrated. In "the 1100 panels not only contain the objects and areas listed in the title, they also contain curiosities such as the seven wonders of the world, mythical animals, a bullfight in Spain, horse races in England, microscopic views of animals and various objects, the telescope from Herschel, a diving bell, the telegraph in Paris, the Degen flying machine from Vienna and much more besides: the abundance of knowledge and direct visual aids, the care that is focused on the largest and the smallest, on the strangest and the everyday is used is astonishing and corresponds to the seemingly modern psychological-pedagogical considerations, as the author makes in the preliminary report." (European children's books from the 15th to the 19th century 137-137a)

Friedrich Justin Bertuch (1747-1822) studied theology and law, and was a poet, playwright, translator, publisher, and naturalist. He became a successful publisher with his firm in Weimar, Germany becoming the largest employer of that town. Bertuch's work was inspired by that of Bloch, Jablonsky, Merian, Esper, Ellis, and more.
Publishing details: A print from the book was offerred at Trillium Antique Prints & Rare Books, USA, , lot 2221, Aug 10, 2025
Sydney Cove printview full entry
Reference: see Friedrich Justin Bertuch's Bilderbuch fur Kinder enthaltend eine angenehme Sammlung von Thieren, Pflanzen, Blumen, Fruchten, Mineralien, Trachten und allerhand andern unterrichtenden Gegenst?nden aus dem Reiche der Natur, der K?nste und Wissenschaften. The work was published by Industrie-Comptoir between 1792 and 1810 in Weimar, Germany. The work was considered one of the finest natural history encyclopedias made for children. The engravings were done by Ludwig Ebner, C. Ermer, Theodor G?tz, Ludwig Hess, Conrad Horney, J.B. Hoessel, C., G. Starcke, and more under the direction of Melchior Kraus and Johann Heinrich Lips.

"Without a doubt, Bertuch's picture book is one of the greatest works that the children's book collector will encounter ... This is where modern, scientific thinking begins, the determination with which modern non-fiction is anticipated in children's books. In addition, it is one of the most precious treasures of the Collector's illustrated books." (E. Strobach in Philobiblon XIII, 255 ff.) As Bertuch stated in his introduction, "A picture book is just as essential and even more indispensable a meuble for a nursery as the cradle, doll or hobbyhorse."

The work was many-varied in what it illustrated. In "the 1100 panels not only contain the objects and areas listed in the title, they also contain curiosities such as the seven wonders of the world, mythical animals, a bullfight in Spain, horse races in England, microscopic views of animals and various objects, the telescope from Herschel, a diving bell, the telegraph in Paris, the Degen flying machine from Vienna and much more besides: the abundance of knowledge and direct visual aids, the care that is focused on the largest and the smallest, on the strangest and the everyday is used is astonishing and corresponds to the seemingly modern psychological-pedagogical considerations, as the author makes in the preliminary report." (European children's books from the 15th to the 19th century 137-137a)

Friedrich Justin Bertuch (1747-1822) studied theology and law, and was a poet, playwright, translator, publisher, and naturalist. He became a successful publisher with his firm in Weimar, Germany becoming the largest employer of that town. Bertuch's work was inspired by that of Bloch, Jablonsky, Merian, Esper, Ellis, and more.
Publishing details: A print from the book was offerred at Trillium Antique Prints & Rare Books, USA, , lot 2221, Aug 10, 2025
Bunny Rupert Two Women in a Garden c.1912view full entry
Reference: see A Private Collection of Important Australian Art, Leonard Joel auction, August 25, 2025, lot 4: RUPERT BUNNY (1864-1947)
Two Women in a Garden c.1912
oil on canvas laid on masonite
signed with monogram lower right: RB
artist's name and title on gallery label verso
67 x 58cm

PROVENANCE:
The Collection of Kurt Albrecht, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Kozminsky Galleries, Melbourne (as "Shelling the Peas c.1905") (label verso)
Private collection, Western Australia

LITERATURE:
Thomas, D., The Life and Art of Rupert Bunny: A Catalogue Raisonné in Two Volumes, Thames & Hudson, Melbourne, 2017, vol. 2, p. 49, cat. no. O355

OTHER NOTES:
Like numerous Australian artists in the late nineteenth century, Rupert Bunny (1864-1947) went overseas to complete his training and engage with modernism. In contrast to many expatriates, he spent close on fifty years living in Paris and understood its ways. He exhibited suc - cessfully in Paris, Britain, America, Europe and Australia. His paintings were widely collected including thirteen by the French state. Bunny is arguably 'the most successful painter to have left Australian shores'. (1)

He first studied at Melbourne's National Gallery School from 1881-83, then at twenty years of age, he travelled to London in 1884 and attended Calderon's Art School, a preparatory school for the Royal Academy in St John's Wood. By 1886 he moved to Paris. This was a wise move, it was a more progressive city in which to study art in and was awash with foreign students. From the many academies on offer, he studied privately under Jean-Paul Laurens for four years, then at Colarossi's in 1890 under Pierre-Paul-Leon-Glaze.

Bunny learnt much from Laurens, a Salon juror, Professor at the École des Beaux Arts, and one of the most influential history painters of the era. He was schooled in the 'rhetorical devices associated with the Academy's promotion of classical and historical subject matter … in the tradition of European studio practice'. (2) Laurens' example of winning medals and honours at annual Salon and Royal Academy exhibitions was one Bunny emulated.

He immersed himself in cosmopolitan Paris which was a melting pot of nations. He shared a studio with Alastair Cary-Elwes, the grandson of an English baronet, was a good friend of writer Zsigmond Justh, the son of a wealthy Hungarian landowning family, and was an active member of the American Art Association. He attended salons and soirées that prominent French artists held in their studios, including his teacher Lauren's weekly studio opening, and that of high society artist Jacques-Émile Blanche, who was well connected with avantgarde writers, dancers and musicians.

A key to Bunny's success was his choice of subject matter in his Belle Époque and postwar works. It ranged across mythological works, biblical stories, myths and legends; paintings with literary and musical allusions suited to a leisured class of viewers; spaces of femininity; portraits of famous stage performers and modern dance. These subjects were familiar to an informed cosmopolitan audience. A feature of much of the work is its emotional intensity. Bunny was steeped in classical mythology, an accomplished pianist and a frequent attendee of musical, opera, theatre and dance performances. He completed a number of stunning portraits of performers including Dame Nellie Melba and the famed Japanese actor Madame Sadayakko.

Jeanne Morel, a fellow art student whom Bunny married in March 1902 is a recurring model in his paintings from c.1895. Besotted by her beauty, she is also the subject of portraits in an array of costumes from day wear through to glamorous evening dress, and a changing gaze from the dreamy to the mysterious. A range of other sitters feature in his portraits from 1903-9, however his 'Portrait of Madame B…,' c.1903 (Lot 20), was singled out for praise. It was described by a reviewer as 'flowing in execution and glowing in tone', and 'distinguished and full of life', while the two roses she holds 'show him to be an artist of great delicacy of hand and taste'. (3)

From 1907-10 Bunny worked on a series of intimiste scenes set on the balcony of his upper-level apartment showing women in long flowing gowns listening intently to music, often by Chopin, reading poetry, or engaging in languid relaxation. They were set at differing times of the day and night and are studies in feminine idleness, tinged with nostalgia for a life being overtaken by modernity. The balcony, an extension of the salon or the living room, was a space in which women read, embroidered and held afternoon tea. They were tastefully dressed in gowns made of luxurious fabrics. Often Bunny incorporated Oriental or Japonisme features into the paintings such as a cushion, floor rug or a Japanese fan, iconography that tapped into the Belle Époque mood. The painting 'The Sonata', c.1910 (Lot 17) is from this series, Bunny writing, 'I called it "The Sonata" the idea being these women are listening to music from the balcony of a room which it really was, as a Danish woman and a very fine pianist, a friend of ours, was playing the "Moonlight Sonata". (4)

Other paintings show women indoors, or at leisure in the garden reading or collecting flowers as in 'Two Women in a Garden', c.1912. Then from 1913 he turned to new mythological and religious subjects imbued by a strong sense of music, rhythm and modern dance in a brighter colour range which includes his ravishing Salome, c.1919.

His work entered Australian collections as early as 1892 when his symbolist Sea idyll, c.1890, a painting he sent to Melbourne for the Royal Anglo-Australian Society of Artists exhibition, was purchased by Alfred Felton and presented to the National Gallery of Victoria. By then Bunny was the first Australian to receive an honourable mention at the Old Salon (Salon des Artistes Français) in 1890 for his mythological painting Tritons, c.1890. When Angels descending was acquired by the Art Gallery of South Australia in 1904, it was the first Bunny painting purchased by an Australian gallery.

He was also the first Australian to have a painting, Après le bain, acquired by the French state for its Musée du Luxembourg in 1904. That same year he was elected a membre associé of the Societe Nationale des Beaux-Artes, and a sociétaire of the Salon d'Automne. Bunny retained his ties to Australia, bringing out paintings to exhibit in 1911, and 1926-28. He returned permanently in October 1932 due to the Depression's devastating effects on artists living in Paris. His wife was seriously unwell. He planned to return to Paris to bring her to Melbourne, but sadly she died in April 1933.

Despite participating in the Melbourne art world, and having some limited exhibition exposure, it wasn't until June 1939 that Bunny's work was sought after in Australia. And this occurred in Sydney. Lucy Swanton and Treania Smith, who had taken over Macquarie Galleries, showed his south of France landscapes, smaller figure compositions and flower pieces in a highly successful exhibition, as were annual exhibitions of his work thereafter, attracting positive critical notice and prompting the Art Gallery of New South Wales to acquire his painting Étaples, c.1902. In 1946 the National Gallery of Victoria held a major retrospection exhibition, which led to acquisitions from numerous galleries. Sadly Bunny didn't get to enjoy the fruits of his commitment to his art, he died on 25 May 1947, before Sydney Ure Smith published his book on the artist in 1948, with a fulsome appreciation by Clive Turnball and Tristan Buesst.

By Dr Catherine Speck

Catherine is a Professor Emerita of Art History and Curatorship at the University of Adelaide. She acquired a PhD in Visual Arts from Monash University and a Masters Degree in Art Education from the University of Canberra. Prior to joining the University of Adelaide in 2002, she was Head of Art History and Theory at the SA School of Art, University of South Australia. She is a Fellow of the Australian Academy of Humanities and on the editorial Board of the Design and Australia Online (DAAO).


(1) Deborah Edwards, Rupert Bunny: Artists in Paris, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 2010, p.18-19.
(2) Edwards, Rupert Bunny: Artists in Paris, p. 14.
(3) Henri Franz cited in David Thomas, The Life and Art of Rupert Bunny: A Catalogue Raisonné in Two Volumes, Volume 1, Thames and Hudson, Port Melbourne, 2017, p. 117.
(4) Rupert Bunny quoted in David Thomas, The Life and Art of Rupert Bunny, vol 2, p. 46.

Fox Phillipsview full entry
Reference: see A Private Collection of Important Australian Art, Leonard Joel auction, August 25, 2025, lot 9:
EMANUEL PHILLIPS FOX (1865-1915)
(Promenade on the Beach) c.1909
oil on panel
signed lower right: E. Phillips Fox
26 x 34cm

PROVENANCE:
GFL Fine Art, Perth, 27 July 1999, lot 16
Private collection
GFL Fine Art, Perth, 26 June 2001, lot 37
Private collection, Western Australia

EXHIBITIONS:
Painted Women: Australian Artists in Europe at the Turn of the Century, Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, The University of Western Australia, Perth, 24 July - 13 September 1998, cat. no. 30

LITERATURE:
Grey, A. (ed.), Zubans, R., Images of Women in the Work of Emanuel Phillips Fox and Ethel Carrick Fox, Painted Women: Australian Artists in Europe at the Turn of the Century, The University of Western Australia, Perth, 1998, pp. 14 (illus.), 16, 40, cat. no. 30

OTHER NOTES:
After their marriage in London in 1905, Ethel Carrick Fox (1872-1952) and Emanuel Phillips Fox (1865-1915) settled into a routine of summers spent following the sunlight to crowded French sea resorts, painting and sketching the leisurely crowds on small boards or canvases, then returning to their studio apartment in Paris to paint larger works.

Their influence on each other was apparent from their honeymoon. Fox's style loosened when working on smaller boards, and his great facility with oil paint, honed by years of academic training and teaching, became truly virtuosic in capturing light effects on dresses, sands and figures. His studio practice remained quite focused on a variation of the French intimiste painters, Pierre Bonnard and Édouard Vuillard, with large-scale studies of languorous women in gardens or private interior spaces, as well as commissioned portraits for necessary income. Fox's academic training led him to separate these two modes of working; his oil sketches were not generally exhibited in Paris, whilst Carrick, less attentive to highly finished studio production, regularly exhibited her rapidly executed sketches in major exhibitions such as the annual Salon d'Automne.

In 1908, Fox visited Australia to see his family and introduce them to his new wife. The couple kept working during the trip, seeking out the leisure pursuits of family picnics and days at the beach as subjects. (1) Whilst sea bathing had been popular since the 1840s around Melbourne, in 1908, mixed ocean bathing in daylight hours was still a very new phenomenon. In '(Port Phillip, Melbourne)' c.1908 (Lot 2), we see the elegant Edwardian silhouette of a woman in a long voluminous skirt, white shirt and pink picture hat observing two swimmers in the shallows, their clothing casually piled next to her on the sand. Underneath a wide, pink-tinged cloud-scumbled sky, a small sailboat bobs further out at a distance, close to the other side of the bay. This work demonstrates Fox's ability to adapt his plein air technique to the more relaxed social conventions of Australian beach culture, where the emphasis was on leisure rather than formal promenading.

In contrast to the casualness of beach crowds in Australia, '(Promenade on the Beach)' c.1909 (Lot 8) depicts a crowded afternoon by the beach at a fashionable French sea resort. We see bathing boxes, but our focus is not on swimmers or those lounging on the sands. Instead, we observe the stylish upper bourgeoisie classes en promenade along the planches or timber boardwalk, suggesting they are probably at Trouville or Deauville. Dressed in long flowing dresses replete with ribbons, ruffles, picture hats and parasols, these figures are captured in lusciously applied thick, sweeping strokes of paint, the impasto itself reflecting light and creating movement. Juliette Peers has pointed out that Fox was an accurate recorder of fashion, and the Foxes kept a shared garment collection that appears in many of the couple's paintings. (2) Peers notes that the selection and observation of dress and styling were intrinsic to making Fox's ideal women and imagined muses tangible. (3) As Ruth Zubans has noted, 'one of Fox's favourite themes was women in the familial role of mother', (4) and the mother in a pink ruffled gown elegantly reaching for her pigtailed daughter's hand in the foreground suggest a graceful ease and tender refinement. Indeed, in '(Promenade on the Beach)' c.1909, the subjects are observably all women - mothers and children, as well as the nannies tending to them.

In contrast to the public, clothed figures of these beach scenes, Fox's more intimate, private world is depicted in 'Nu En Plein Air' c.1911 (Lot 11). Whilst initially seeming to be a very simple subject, Fox has set himself considerable challenges in the work's composition and the application of paint. In the privacy of the garden of the Foxes' Boulevard Arago apartment in Paris, this flame-haired sensuous nude (one of many red-haired models preferred by Fox, which included the Australian artist Edith Susan Gerard Anderson) lounges diagonally across a bed of bright green, light-flecked grass, with Fox leaving areas of the light brown bare canvas to aid the delicate effect. As Fox described in a letter to his friend Hans Heysen: 'Since we have been in Paris, painting nudes out of doors, in our garden-we have fixed things up so that no one can see, & we are not disturbed-very interesting work, but mighty difficult'. (5) The foreshortened model's pose is contemplative, deep in thought and less aware of the viewer than many of the other nudes in this series. Her translucent skin is highlighted by dappling flecks of lighter paint suggestive of flickering sunlight through a tree canopy, conveying something of the swiftness and dexterity that Fox had to employ to capture the scene.

The atmosphere of ease and wellbeing radiating from many of Fox's paintings of the Edwardian period recalls a way of life that would disappear forever upon the onset of the First World War. During this period, the French resort towns including Trouville and Deauville were transformed into military hospitals and convalescent homes for wounded soldiers. After losing E. Phillips Fox to cancer in 1915, Carrick would return to these resorts and document new fashions and social mores as the crowds returned in the interwar years.

Angela Gooddard

Angela Goddard is former curator of Australian Art at Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane where she curated 'Art, Love and Life: Ethel Carrick and E. Phillips Fox' in 2011.

(1) See the photograph by David Fox on p.148 of Art, Love & Life catalogue for Fox and Carrick at a family picnic on Chelsea Beach, Port Phillip Bay.
(2)Peers, J., 'Tall, graceful women sweep by': Fashion and dress in the work of the Foxes', in Art, Love & Life: Ethel Carrick and E. Phillips Fox, Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane, 2011, p.96.
(3) Ibid, p.100.
(4) Zubans, R., 'Images of Women in the Work of Emanuel Phillips Fox and Ethel Carrick Fox', Painted Women: Australian Artists in Europe at the Turn of the Century, The University of Western Australia, Perth, 1998, p.16.
(5) Fox to Heysen, September 1911, quoted in Zubans, R., E. Phillips Fox, His Life and Art, Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, 1995, pp.155-56.

RELATED WORK:
Emanuel Phillips Fox, Promenade c.1909, oil on wood panel, 26.6 x 35cm, The Collection of the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra

Roberts Tom Portrait of Lady Coghlan 1919view full entry
Reference: see A Private Collection of Important Australian Art, Leonard Joel auction, August 25, 2025, lot 12: TOM ROBERTS (1856-1931)
Portrait of Lady Coghlan 1919
(also known as Untitled, Portrait of a Lady)
oil on canvas
in the original Lillie Williamson frame
signed and dated lower left: Tom Roberts 19.
92.5 x 61cm

PROVENANCE:
The Collection of Sir Timothy Coghlan, London
Thence by descent to his son, Austin Coghlan, London
Christie's, Melbourne, 6 March 1970, lot 36
Private collection, Melbourne
Private collection, Western Australia

LITERATURE:
Topliss, H., Tom Roberts 1856–1931: A Catalogue Raisonné, Oxford University Press, Melbourne, 1985, vol. I, p. 190; vol. II, cat. no. 468, pl. 196 (illus.) (as "Untitled, Portrait of a Lady")

OTHER NOTES:
Tom Roberts (1856-1931), his wife Lillie and son Caleb journeyed to London in 1903 accompanied by Roberts's unfinished opus to commemorate the opening of the first federal parliament. Reconnecting with many expat friends, the family remained immersed in the "old country" for many years, Roberts also believing there was greater opportunity for sales of his work. Also present in London were members of his extended family, the demure study of 'Violet Bancroft' (Lot 27) one of a series of portraits of the Bancroft family to whom Roberts was related courtesy of cousin Matilda Iles.

Matilda had married the gregarious Captain Henson Bancroft in 1871 in Melbourne, babies following in quick succession prior to a return to England in 1879 where Violet was born in 1880. Roberts had maintained his association with his cousin's family during his studies at the Royal Academy in the 1880s and welcomed the renewed friendship when he again arrived in London.

It would not have been an easy and cheerful relationship. In 1908 Captain Bancroft died from poisoning after successive bouts of alcoholism, the ignominy of newspaper articles devouring the sordid details leaving his widow and children mortified. In defiance of such shame and to show the strength of family, in 1914 Roberts embarked upon a series of portraits of Matilda and her four daughters. Trauma is variously inscribed upon the faces of the women, Matilda enclosed in black, appearing encumbered by the life and death of her husband.

For the portrait of Violet, rather than continue the theme of mourning he had employed for her mother, Roberts chooses to present her dressed for a social gathering. A slight tilt forward of the head, gleaming hair clip, delicate string of pearls and white flower pinned upon filmic black chiffon, all enhanced by blushing cheeks, are the accoutrements for a joyous society portrait. But Violet's eyes cannot escape Roberts's probing brush, sadness beset within the distant gaze, the daughter reflecting the mother's trauma. It is an intriguing portrait.

The mood shifts dramatically with the 'Portrait of Lady Coghlan' 1919 (née Helena (Lena) Donnelly) whereby Roberts returns to one of his favourite motifs of situating women in urban spaces as a sign of modernity. Lady Coghlan wears a most fashionable black walking costume defined by a luxurious high-collared fur coat, black, according to Robert Leong, 'a sartorial talisman for negotiating the shifting labyrinths of the city.' (1) Her costume is complete with a stylish winter hat and veil, a sign of her standing within London society, while her luminous skin glistens in the cold London air against Roberts's taupe shaded background.

Lady Coghlan was one of 13 children born into a long-serving Australian political family. She was the daughter of Cowra MLA Denis Donnelly and his wife Ellen, while Ellen's father, William Cummings, was a member of the NSW parliament. The Irish Denis arrived in Australia to seek his fortune during the goldrush, spending time in Ballarat, that association influencing the later choice of Loreto's Mary Mount for his daughters' schooling. Established to provide a rounded education for girls, it was a perfect start for Lena Donnelly. While two of her sisters joined the Loreto order, she returned to the Cowra district and entered society.

Lena Donnelly's marriage to the government statistician, Timothy Coghlan, a principled and forthright public servant, was recorded in the local society pages, but with his appointment as Australia's agent general in 1905, she was projected into the bustle of twentieth century London. Roberts and Lillie became part of the Coghlan's social circle, were regularly documented as attending their soirees and luncheon parties, and Timothy provided space for Roberts's Sloane Street studio.

Lady Coghlan's support for the broader acknowledgement of Australian artists was boundless and she used every opportunity to promote and showcase their work. She presided over the committee to organise the London version of the 1907 Australian Women's Work Exhibition, Lillie exhibiting her gilded frames with one fortuitously purchased by Princess Louise (daughter of Queen Victoria). The purchase was widely discussed and initiated a period of increased patronage of her work.

As a thank you to their friendship during the war years, Roberts painted portraits of Sir Timothy and Lady Coghlan in 1919, the portrait of Timothy a conservative though relaxed portrait of a treasured friend. For his portrait of Lady Coghlan, Roberts embraces his love of costume and employs it to convey context and movement, her autonomy suggesting she has no time for a studio sitting. Indeed, in later years Lady Coghlan promoted a sense of freedom, the aeroplane as a means of transport her favourite, and she encouraged women to see the world. Roberts makes clear that her engagement with the external world equates to a masculine-styled flâneur, harking back to his pastel portraits of walking women from the late nineteenth century. He also draws upon his love of the profile portrait, The Paris Hat (New England Regional Art Museum, 1892) and Eileen (Art Gallery of NSW, 1892) typical of his use of the device to convey friendship and the interior reflection of a woman.

The 'Portrait of Lady Coghlan' 1919 is bordered by an extraordinary gilded and hand carved frame by Lillie. The spectacular art nouveau frame creates a truly alluring picture, the tenderness of the portrait and richly decorated frame an incomparable present for a treasured friend. Although smaller in size, the frame is not dissimilar to the one carved for Roberts's Penelope (1919) held in the National Gallery of Victoria, the only frame by Lillie held in the collection.

With the end of the war, Roberts journeyed back to Australia for a year in 1919 and was again drawn to the countryside, beginning a body of work brought to fruition when he and Lillie returned permanently in 1923. They bought a house in the Dandenong Ranges, and Roberts commenced studies of his surrounds, gradually bringing to light the drama of sparsely vegetated majestic hills and lush gorges. They are quiet reflective pictures, 'Dandenongs Landscape' (Lot 6) typical of Roberts's ability to convey his deep respect for the defining motifs of the Australian bush. Two lurching gum trees dominate the composition while the remainder of the canvas is governed by his favoured palette of muted tones. Dotted with the occasional tree, bleached hills stream towards the sky, his work at the time described by Jessie Traill as
"thought-out gentle landscapes - they seemed removed from hurry; they had a joy and love in them."(2) Indeed, it could be considered that love, respect and commitment are the abiding themes of all three of the works by Roberts.

Dr Julie Cotter

Dr Julie Cotter is the author of three books, has worked as a lecturer and in public policy roles, written and presented documentaries, is widely published in a range of journals, magazines and catalogues and has been a member of many public art and grant committees. Her book, Tom Roberts and the Art of Portraiture (Thames & Hudson 2015), was shortlisted for the 2016 Prime Minister's Literary Award for nonfiction. Her most recent book is Portia Geach: Portrait of an Activist (Joyce Press 2024). It tells the story of the first Australian woman to be admitted to the Royal Academy of the Arts.

(1) Leong R, "Black and the City," in Robert Leong, et al., Black in fashion: Mourning to Night, Melbourne, Trustees of the National Gallery of Victoria, p.40.
(2) Robert Henderson Croll, Tom Roberts: Father of Australian Landscape Painting, Melbourne, Robertson & Mullens Ltd, 1935, p.123.

OTHER NOTES - FRAME

The frame surrounding 'Portrait of Lady Coghlan' 1919 is a rare example of early twentieth-century Australian frame-making and one of the few that can be attributed to Elizabeth ('Lillie') Williamson, Tom Roberts's wife.

Williamson, whose contribution to Australian and British frame-making has only recently begun to be acknowledged, was carving frames for Roberts as early as the 1890s. During their years in London, she became a highly respected craftswoman, exhibiting widely.

This carved, richly ornamented frame exemplifies the English Arts and Crafts aesthetic, with organic forms, beautiful ornamentation, and balanced proportions the frame stands out to be made in a very distinctive and unique manner. It not only enhances the visual harmony of the portrait it surrounds but also reflects the collaborative relationship between Roberts and Williamson. It occurs that the portrait and frame are also chosen in gratitude to the sitter Lady Lena and her husband Timothy Coghlan who were great supporters of the arts and Tom Roberts. This beautiful collaboration is as a sign of deep friendship between the philanthropists and artists.

Hawkins Weaver Le Port 1924view full entry
Reference: see A Private Collection of Important Australian Art, Leonard Joel auction, August 25, 2025, lot 32:
WEAVER HAWKINS (1893-1977)
Le Port 1924
oil on canvas
initialled and dated lower right: HWH/ '24
artist's name and title inscribed verso: LE PORT/ Weaver Hawkins
52.5 x 70cm

PROVENANCE:
Private collection, Melbourne
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, 8 November 1989, lot 200A
Private collection, Melbourne
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, 31 July 1990, lot 264
Private collection, Sydney
Sotheby's, Sydney, 29 November 1991, lot 371
Private collection, Melbourne
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, 15 November 2000, lot 86
Private collection, Western Australia

OTHER NOTES:
"Well, I am primarily a classic artist, that is to say, what people call an intellectual artist, an architectonic worker" (1) - Weaver Hawkins

Weaver Hawkins was a British born Australian modernist artist, whose practice spanned painting, printmaking, and mural work. Hawkins work reveals a lifelong commitment to innovation and adaptability, despite great personal adversity. After sustaining serious injuries to his right arm during World War I, Hawkins taught himself to paint with his left hand, developing a distinctive graphic style characterised by rhythmic line work and expressive distortion. In the 1920s, he travelled extensively through Europe and the Pacific, producing a body of work influenced by Cubism, Futurism and Symbolism.

This artwork 'Le Port' from 1924 is a luminous and harmoniously composed depiction of a sun drenched European harbour. Painted in soft, warm hues, the scene is animated by the gentle movement of moored sailing boats and the clustered buildings glowing in golden light that line the background. Hawkins masterfully captures the geometry of masts and rooftops, softened by atmospheric perspective and the dappled reflections dancing on the water's surface. The arrangement of barrels on the docked boats suggests commercial activity, yet the scene remains serene and timeless. A departure from his later modernist abstraction, this earlier work reflects Hawkins's time abroad and his command of light, colour, and classical balance.

(1) Weaver Hawkins in Geoffrey Dutton, Artists' Portraits, National Library of Australia, Canberra, 1992, p. 68
Boyd Arthur Merric landscapeview full entry
Reference: see A Private Collection of Important Australian Art, Leonard Joel auction, August 25, 2025, lot 33:ARTHUR MERRIC BOYD SENIOR (1862-1940)
(Landscape)
oil on canvas
signed lower right: Arthur Boyd
39 x 59.5cm

PROVENANCE:
The Estate of Alfred (Brough) Stevens, Melbourne
The Collection of Kurt Albrecht, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Kozminsky Galleries, Melbourne
Private collection, Western Australia

OTHER NOTES:
© Arthur Merric Boyd Senior/Copyright Agency 2025

Lewin John William Birds of NSW 1838 editionview full entry
Reference: A Natural History of the Birds of New South Wales, Collected, Engraved and Faithfully Painted after Nature, by John William Lewin
[London: Henry G. Bohn, 1838], eleven hand-coloured plates from this work* (of twenty-six), paper watermarked 1838
Publishing details: London: Henry G. Bohn, 1838, twenty-six plates, paper watermarked 1838
Ref: 1000
Harrison Eleanor Ritchie (1854 - 1895)view full entry
Reference: see Lauraine Diggins Fine Art press release 1.8.2025: We are excited to exhibit a rare painting by Eleanor Ritchie Harrison (1854 - 1895), an artist being 'rediscovered' with the Dangerously Modern exhibition of Australian Women showing at the Art Gallery of South Australia and later at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Eleanor Ritchie was born in the Western District of Victoria and was the first Australian artist to establish her career internationally including in Etaples, France and California, where she travelled with her husband, the American artist Birge Harrison. Eleanor Ritchie Harrison maintained connections with Australia, exhibiting three works of Brittany subjects at the Victoria Academy of Arts exhibition in 1883, including this work Tired Out, depicting a young girl resting in the sand dunes. She further exhibited at the Paris Salon and her work was favourably reviewed in Australia. The Harrisons lived and painted for a time in Melbourne before returning to America in 1891. Tragically, Eleanor died soon after the birth of her first child, who also died in 1895. Her artwork is extremely rare and the Art Gallery of New South Wales has recently been gifted a large landscape, making this the first of her paintings in an Australian institutional collection.
Johnstone H Jview full entry
Reference: Johnstone’s Australian Pictures. Comprising reproductions of fifteen of the famous Australian paintings by this eminent artist. 
From the publishers promotional text, on the final page: ‘As a painter of Australian scenery, Mr. H.J. Johnstone has achieved a world-wide fame. He came to Australia in 1853, and since then his name has been a household word throughout the Southern Hemisphere.’
Publishing details: Adelaide, Hussey & Gillingham 1906. 
Oblong album measuring 22 x 28 mm., with 16 leaves.
Ref: 1000
Hommes Bruns Et Sable Rouge Mythes Et Rites Des Aborigines D'Australie Centrale view full entry
Reference: Hommes Bruns Et Sable Rouge Myths Et Rites Des Aborigines D'Australie Centrale Avec 18 Photographies Et Une Carte. By Charles P. Mountford.
Publishing details: Published in Paris in 1953
Ref: 1000
Mythes Et Rites Des Aborigines D'Australie Centrale view full entry
Reference: see Hommes Bruns Et Sable Rouge Myths Et Rites Des Aborigines D'Australie Centrale Avec 18 Photographies Et Une Carte. By Charles P. Mountford.
Publishing details: Published in Paris in 1953
Mountford Charles Pview full entry
Reference: see Hommes Bruns Et Sable Rouge Myths Et Rites Des Aborigines D'Australie Centrale Avec 18 Photographies Et Une Carte. By Charles P. Mountford.
Publishing details: Published in Paris in 1953
Smith Grace Cossington Chair and Drapery 1958 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 6, essay includes more than 15 works by Cossington Smith.
Fizelle Rah Sleeping Nude c1938-9 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 8,
Boyd David Truganini 1959 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 22
Dobell William The Smoko c1944 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 25
Tucker Albert Australian girl in Paris 1957 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 26.Together with lot 28 Explorer 1967 with essay
Dobell William self portrait c1960 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 36
Fenton Gertrude Black Emily c1880s view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 40
Longstaff John Interior of a kitchen 1886 with essayview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lot 81
MacCarthy Captain Justin Edward Daniel 2 watercolours 1856 and 1859 with essaysview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer, Important Australian Art, Sydney 19.8.25. lots 79 and 80.
lot 79:
CAPTAIN JUSTIN EDWARD
DANIEL MacCARTHY
(1823-1897)
Flagstaff Hill and Spencer Street, Melbourne in 1856 from Macnamara's
Building (1856)
watercolour on paper
signed J. MacCarthy' lower left
14.5 x 23 cm
PROVENANCE
Justin MacCarthy, Melbourne
George Cherry, Sydney, acquired from the above Private Collection, New South Wales, by descent from the above
EXHIBITED
A Private Eye in a Public Place Art Exhibition, St Swithun's Church Hall, Pymble, 16-18 October 1980, no. 6

Justin MacCarthy was an officer of the British 40th Regiment that was stationed in Melbourne from 1852 to 1860. A keen and competent watercolourist, Flagstaff Hill and Spencer Street, Melbourne in 1856 from Macnamara's Building (1856) and Sandy Bay Road, Hobart, from Battery Point (1859) (Lot 80) remain two of the very few known works by the artist to survive. Another notable example, The Government Camp at Ballarat (circa 1857, National Library of Australia, Canberra), records one of the most significant locations in the history of the Eureka Stockade and where the victorious members of the regiment brought the captured Eureka flag Similarly, Flagstaff Hill and Spencer Street, Melbourne in 1856 from Macnamara's Building records in fine detail the burgeoning metropolis of Melbourne following the discovery of gold in 1851.
Here, MacCarthy shows Flagstaff Hill, an important historical site, that occupies an elevated position to the north-west of Melbourne's central business district. The area was originally called Burial Hill by the European settlers, who used it for Melbourne's first burial grounds from 1836 to 1837 (a total of seven burials are recorded as taking place). From 1840 to 1857, the site was used as a signal station with flagstaff and communicated with a similar station at Point Gellibrand at Williamstown. Flags flown from the flagstaff indicated shipping arrivals in the Bay and shipping lists were posted on a bulletin board near the station building. By 1862, the site was established as a public garden, and it continues to act as a place of public recreation to the present day.
We gratefully acknowledge the kind assistance of Rod Tuson in cataloguing this work.
Geoffrey Smith

lot 80
CAPTAIN JUSTIN EDWARD
DANIEL MacCARTHY
(1823-1897)
Sandy Bay Road, Hobart, from Battery Point (1859) watercolour on paper 18.3 x 27.8 cm
PROVENANCE
Justin MacCarthy, Melbourne
George Cherry, Sydney, acquired from the above Private Collection, New South Wales, by descent from the above
EXHIBITED
A Private Eye in a Public Place Art Exhibition, St Swithun's Church Hall, Pymble, 16-18 October 1980, no. 5
Sandy Bay Road, Hobart, from Battery Point (1859) was completed by Justin MacCarthy prior to the departure of the British 40th Regiment to the Taranaki War in New Zealand. The troops left Hobart Town on 23 April 1860, to much public fanfare, and consisted of Captain G.O. Bowdler commanding, Captain J.E.D. MacCarthy, Lieutenant J.V.H. Rees, Ensign J.T. Whelan, eight sergeants, two buglers, and 120 rank and file. The Victoria sailed on 24 April to New Zealand. The defence of Hobart Town against a perceived Russian threat was thus left to the 'Hobart Volunteers' of which George Cherry, the original owner of Sandy Bay Road, Hobart, from Battery Point, was a member.
George Rodney Cherry, photographer, artist, inventor and former chaplain at Norfolk Island penal colony, married Mary Anne Matilda, the youngest daughter of Jane and Captain Joseph James, mariner and trader. The main cottage depicted in Sandy Bay Road, Hobart, from Battery Point, was the home of Jane James, and remains extant at
20 Byron Street, Sandy Bay.
We gratefully acknowledge the kind assistance of Rod Tuson in cataloguing this work.
Geoffrey Smith

see also GEORGE CHERRY 1820-1878
Portrait of Captain J.E.D. McCarthy,
Queen's 40th Regiment Holding Paint Brushes (1859)
daguerreotype
7.9 x 6.1 cm
National Library of Australia, Canberra



MacCarthy Captain Justin Edward Danielview full entry
Reference: see CAPTAIN JUSTIN EDWARD DANIEL MacCARTHY (1823-1897)
The Government Camp at Ballarat (circa 1857) watercolour on paper
13.5 × 22.2 cm (image): 22.3 x 30.6 cm (sheet)
National Library of Australia, Canberra
Purchased, 2008
Cherry George 1820-1878 photographerview full entry
Reference: GEORGE CHERRY 1820-1878
Portrait of Captain J.E.D. McCarthy,
Queen's 40th Regiment Holding Paint Brushes (1859)
daguerreotype
7.9 x 6.1 cm
National Library of Australia, Canberra



Piscioneri Marie 1926-2021 - 8 worksview full entry
Reference: see Colville Fine Art Auction Online Timed
August 19, 2025, lot 7: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021) - (Flowers in White Jug)
Oil on board
Signed lower right
Dimensions
43 x 33cm (sight) 55 x 45cm (fr)
Artist or Maker
Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)
Medium
Oil on board
Condition Report
Overall in good condition.
Provenance
Estate Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)

lot 1 Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021) - (Farm Lanscape wiwth Peacocks)
Oil on canvas
Signed lower right
Dimensions
106 x 104cm (sight) 113 x 112cm (fr)
Artist or Maker
Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)
Medium
Oil on canvas

61: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-Winter Dusk, Bellerive
Est: 400 AUD - 600 AUD

Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-North Hobart Nocturne

62: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-North Hobart Nocturne
Est: 500 AUD - 800 AUD

Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-Roundabout

63: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-Roundabout
Est: 400 AUD - 500 AUD

Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-(Flowers in Striped Vase)

64: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-(Flowers in Striped Vase)
Est: 400 AUD - 500 AUD

Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-(French City and Harbour)

65: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-(French City and Harbour)
Est: 400 AUD - 500 AUD

Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-Saramon, Gers, France

66: Marie Piscioneri (1926-2021)-Saramon, Gers, France
Est: 200 AUD - 300 AUD



Doraska Halina (1931-arr Aust 1966 - 2019) from Poland view full entry
Reference: see Colville Fine Art Auction Online Timed
August 19, 2025,
lot 69: Halina Doraska (1931-arr Aust 1966 - 2019) Poland Australia-Arrangement on Stripes
Oil onboard
Signed date lower right
Dimensions
60 x 44cm (sight) 68 x 53cm (fr)
Artist or Maker
Halina Doraska (1931-arr Aust 1966 - 2019) Poland Australia
Medium
Oil onboard
Date
1985

Gray Elizabeth (1822-1903)view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN ART, Sydney, 26 August 2025, lot 27:
Elizabeth Gray (1822-1903)
Timour (Barrinbittarney), c.1865
signed lower right: 'E. Gray'
pen and ink on paper
40.0 x 45.0cm (15 3/4 x 17 11/16in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Mrs Elizabeth Gray, Nareeb Nareeb, Western Victoria
possibly, Mrs Elizabeth 'Ebie' Murray (née Gray), London
thence by descent
Mr Keith Murray, Parton House, Dumfriesshire, Scotland
Private collection, United Kingdom

EXHIBITED
Possibly, The First Exhibition of the Victorian Academy of Art, Melbourne Public Library, Melbourne, 1870, cat. 160, as King Barrinbollarnie (sic)
Possibly, Victorian Intercolonial Exhibition, Melbourne Public Library and Museum, Melbourne, 6 November 1872, cat. 129 or 130, as Pen and Ink Drawing of Aboriginal
Possibly, The Second Exhibition of the Victorian Academy of Arts, Melbourne, 1872, cat. 160, as King Barrinbollarnie (sic)
Possibly, The London International Exhibition of 1873: The Victorian Exhibition, London, 14 April – 31 October 1873, cat. 17, as Pen and Ink Drawings of Aboriginal
Possibly, Centennial International Exhibition, Exhibition Building, Melbourne, 1889, as 'Barrinbittarney' Chief of the Nooryskurry Tribe of the River Hopkins


Irish artist Elizabeth Gray was born in Dublin in 1822 before settling in Victoria in the 1850s, where she met and married squatter Charles Gray on 19 March 1857. Charles had settled Nareeb Nareeb, a relatively isolated property south of Glenthompson, some 17 years earlier, and established himself as a highly successful sheep breeder.

Elizabeth, who primarily worked in watercolour and pen and ink, continued her artistic practice intermittently throughout the 1850s to 1870s. In 1867, when the Duke of Edinburgh, Prince Alfred, arrived in the colonies, Mr and Mrs Gray were invited to a Sunday lunch with the Prince at Hopkins Hill, the neighbouring property as a guest of John Moffatt. Elizabeth presented His Royal Highness with two etched black swan egg vases depicting local scenery and mounted in silver by Kilpatrick and Co., jewellers of Collins Street, Melbourne. So impressed was the Prince that in January 1868, whilst still in Australia, he wrote to express his "sincere thanks for the beautiful and useful presents". He admired them so much that he later commissioned a second pair for his mother, Her Majesty Queen Victoria. These remain part of the Royal Collection Trust in the United Kingdom today. Elizabeth's talents were not only recognised by royalty. Between 1866 and 1872, she regularly exhibited watercolours and drawings of the local Indigenous people at several major exhibitions, often receiving honourable mentions.

The present work depicts Chief Timour (Barrinbittarney) standing proudly in what appears to be possum-skin regalia on the outskirts of Nareeb Nareeb station. This delicate pen and ink sketch is a testament to a positive relationship forged at the time between some European settlers and the local Indigenous. Both Charles and Elizabeth Gray were known to have befriended the local Indigenous population, employing them on the station. Later reminiscing of his time as a pioneer, Charles published a memoir titled Western Victoria in the Forties: "One of the most helpful and faithful of the natives was one called Timour, who was head of the tribe. When he died at an advanced age, he was buried in the station graveyard at Nareeb-Nareeb. The ceremony was carried out by members of his tribe. I provided a large gum tree from which two pieces of bark were cut. The body was laid between the pieces of bark and secured by thongs of kangaroo sinew."

Besides a handful housed in the collection of the State Library of Victoria, Melbourne, few examples remain that showcase Elizabeth's evident illustrative ability. The present work, recently discovered in Scotland hung in Parton House, Dumfriesshire — owned by the Murray family, into which Charles and Elizabeth's fourth child, Elizabeth 'Ebie' Murray (née Gray), married into — and passed down through her son, Keith Murray.
Catani Ugo 1860-1944 Lost Your Ribbon, Sir, 1889view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN ART, Sydney, 26 August 2025, lot 28:
Ugo Catani (Italian, 1860-1944)
Lost Your Ribbon, Sir, 1889
signed lower right: 'U Catani'
oil on canvas
61.0 x 30.5cm (24 x 12in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Private collection, Melbourne
thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne

EXHIBITED
Victorian Artist's Society: Catalogue of Winter Exhibition, Grosvenor Galleries, Melbourne, 4 May 1889, cat. 65

LITERATURE
'Social', Melbourne Punch, Melbourne, 9 May 1889, p. 13
'Winter Exhibition of the Victorian Artists', The Argus, Melbourne, 15 May 1889, p. 9


Born in Florence, Ugo Catani was the son of a lawyer and initially studied law before discovering his passion for painting. In 1881, he enrolled at the Academy of Art in Florence, where he studied alongside fellow artist Girolamo Nerli. The two travelled extensively — to Marseilles via Madagascar, Mauritius, and Bourbon — before arriving in Melbourne in November 1885.

Upon settling in Melbourne, Catani became active in the city's burgeoning art scene. He and Nerli shared a studio on Collins Street with Walter Withers and Portuguese-born Arthur Loureiro, where they exhibited their Florentine paintings alongside sketches by other Italian artists. Around this time, Tom Roberts, Arthur Streeton, and Charles Conder had broken away from the conservative Victorian Academy of Arts to form the Australian Artists' Association (AAA). By 1888, the Association had reconciled with the Victorian Academy, leading to the formation of the Victorian Artists' Society (VAS). Catani was a founding member and Executive Committee member of the Association, and later served as a Council Member of the Society.

Catani exhibited regularly in Melbourne's major art exhibitions. His Collins Street, Rainy Weather was included in the 1887 winter exhibition of the Association and is now held in the collection of the State Library of Victoria, Melbourne. Another notable work, Lover's Walk, Mount Macedon, was shown at the Society's Winter Exhibition in March 1890 and is now part of the National Gallery of Victoria collection. In May 1889 the present work, Lost Your Ribbon, Sir appeared in the Society's winter exhibition alongside celebrated masterpieces such as Arthur Streeton's Golden Summer, Eaglemont and Frederick McCubbin's Down on His Luck.

Best known for his portraits, Catani's technical mastery is particularly evident in Lost Your Ribbon, Sir, a small-scale work of striking precision. Eschewing the traditional, studio-bound, patron-commissioned portrait, this painting offers a vivid glimpse into Melbourne's 19th-century street life. Set against a backdrop of boom-era architecture, it captures a spontaneous exchange between a street urchin and a foot-passenger, an evocative moment reflecting the social fabric of late 19th-century Melbourne. The composition reveals Catani's sensitivity to class distinctions, period mannerisms, and the subtleties of human interaction, while the playful title adds an additional layer of narrative intrigue. 

In December 1893, Catani left Melbourne for Hobart, en route to New Zealand, before eventually settling in England, where he gained recognition as a painter of miniatures. Though his time in Melbourne was brief, his body of work remains a valuable visual record of the city's urban and cultural evolution in the late 19th century. His landscapes were once praised as "admirable memoranda in colour of some of the evanescent phenomena of nature" — a sentiment equally apt for his documentation of Melbourne's fleeting street scenes and layered expressions of social realism.1

1. The Studio: An Illustrated Magazine of Fine and Applied Art, Vol 29, 1903, pp. 290
Dowling Robert 1827-1886view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN ART, Sydney, 26 August 2025, lot 29:
Robert Dowling (British, 1827-1886)
The Italian Mission in Egypt, 1875
signed lower left: 'R. DOWLING'
oil on canvas
63.0 x 91.0cm (24 13/16 x 35 13/16in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Mr William Lynch Esq, Melbourne
Gallery Paintings, Collected by the Late William Lynch, Gemmell, Tuckett & Co., Melbourne, 14–15 December 1903, lot 222
The Craig Collection, Melbourne
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, 7 March 1946
Mr Daryl Manley, Victoria
Private collection, Melbourne

EXHIBITED
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, 17 May 1877
Exhibition of Loan Collection of Pictures, The Peoples Palace, Art Gallery, Exhibition Building, Melbourne, 30 March 1891, cat. 19, loaned by William Lynch

LITERATURE
Tim Bonhady, Australian Colonial Paintings in the National Gallery of Australia, Australian National Gallery, Oxford University Press, 1986, p.74

RELATED WORKS
A Sheikh and his son entering Cairo on their return from a pilgrimage to Mecca, 1874, oil on canvas, 139.5 x 244.5cm, in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Street Scene, Cairo, 1874, oil on canvas, 61.0 x 45.6cm, in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra


The present work, The Italian Mission in Egypt, 1875, was one of seven paintings — five of them Orientalist in theme — sent unframed from London to Melbourne in 1877. This initiative was driven by the artist's entrepreneurial elder brother, Henry Dowling of Launceston, and coincided with the National Gallery of Victoria's display of Robert Dowling's Orientalist tour de force, A Sheikh and His Son Entering Cairo, on Their Return from a Pilgrimage to Mecca, 1874.

The remaining paintings were offered for sale through Gemmell and Tuckett as "an experiment on public taste in this Colony." Just five days later, Henry Dowling agreed to loan four of these works, including The Italian Mission in Egypt, 1875, to the National Gallery of Victoria, where the large-scale Cairo painting was already on view. That work was eventually acquired for the collection in August 1878, thanks to a subscription fund organised by a group of supportive gentlemen led by Henry. The same four paintings were also loaned for exhibition at the Art Gallery of New South Wales later that year.

The distinguished Melbourne collector William Lynch acquired The Italian Mission in Egypt from Gemmell and Tuckett sometime thereafter. The painting was certainly in his collection at his Brighton residence, Bombala, prior to 1891. In March of that year, Lynch reputedly lent it to the Exhibition of Loan Pictures at the Salvation Army's People's Palace, located at 131 King Street, Melbourne. Following Lynch's death on 27 May 1901, after a luncheon at The Australian Club, his large art collection was offered for sale at Gemmell and Tuckett under the title Gallery Paintings Collected by the Late William Lynch Esq.

The rediscovery of this previously unlocated painting, The Italian Mission in Cairo (depicting a lay brother returning from market), significantly expands our understanding of Dowling's Orientalist oeuvre. Rich in detail, the work offers a vivid depiction of Cairo's bustling street life, architecture, and market activity, with the artist inserting himself into the scene. It exemplifies Victorian narrative painting, referencing the Franciscan mission in Egypt, a presence dating back to the Fifth Crusade.

With thanks to Mr John Jones, a former curator at the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, and author of Robert Dowling: Tasmanian Son of Empire.
Dangar Anne (1885-1951)view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN ART, Sydney, 26 August 2025, lot 38:
Anne Dangar (1885-1951)
Beach at Henley, 1923
signed and dated lower right: 'Anne.C.Dangar. 1923'
watercolour on paper
39.0 x 32.5cm (15 3/8 x 12 13/16in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Family of the artist, Sydney
thence by descent
Private collection, Sydney

EXHIBITED 
Anne Dangar, National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 7 December 2024 – 27 April 2025, cat. 74

LITERATURE 
Rebecca Edwards, Anne Dangar, National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 2024, p. 30 (illus.)

Curator Rebecca Edwards notes of this period in the artist, 

'Few traces of Dangar's artistic output from this period exist. Sadly, much of the work she produced in the 1910s and 1920s was lost in 1930, when a fire destroyed the home of her sister Ruby and brother-in-law Andrew Singleton. Nonetheless, a sense of her practice can be gained through her few surviving works, and in the years after the First World War she actively exhibited her work in Sydney, firmly positioning herself alongside a cohort of younger artists connected to the Sydney Art School. Watercolours created around 1923 depicting her young nieces and nephews show both her assimilation of Ashton's approach at this time and a discernible lack of engagement with modern art. Her watercolour of the Beach at Henley (cat. 74) was likely executed en plein air, with pigment applied rapidly in broad sweeps and overlaid with staccato surface marks. The youthful figures lack individual detail, and Dangar instead captures the playful poses of the children.

As well as emulating Ashton's technical methods, other works of this period, now known only through exhibition catalogues and reviews, demonstrate that Dangar did not stray far from his prescribed subjects. Titles such as A Bush Kitchen, The Old Barn, At Watson's Bay and Early Morning, Berrima, appearing in the exhibition Eleven Australian Women in June 1921, reflect the scenic landscapes and historical and sentimental subjects generally favoured by Ashton, and to which Crowley was also drawn at this time. Three years later, in 1924, Dangar was a founder of the 'Younger Group of Australian Artists', and showed work with Crowley in the group's first and second exhibitions. Notably, however, neither artist was technically young — Dangar was 38 and Crowley in her mid 30s — and, as reviewers of the exhibition observed, the work exhibited was hardly youthful, appearing no different to the paintings of Sydney's older generation of artists, notably Ashton, who opened their inaugural exhibition.'
Passmore John 10 works

view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN ART, Sydney, 26 August 2025, lots:

56 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Landscape with Figures and Tree, 1940s
AU$4,000 - AU$6,000

57 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Portrait of John Olsen, 1950s
AU$1,000 - AU$2,000

58 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Still Life, c.1942
AU$8,000 - AU$12,000

59 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Summer Bathers, 1940s
AU$7,000 - AU$10,000

60 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Damson Summer, c.1951–54
AU$8,000 - AU$12,000

61 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Slowpro, 1980
AU$3,000 - AU$5,000

62 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Play Down Subject - Play Up Other, 1980
AU$8,000 - AU$12,000

63 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Void Somewhere
AU$2,500 - AU$4,500

64 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
The Orchard, Goosebery Cottage
AU$3,000 - AU$5,000

65 John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)The Blue Bottom, 1970s
65 — John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
The Blue Bottom, 1970s
AU$3,000 - AU$5,000

66 John Richard Passmore(1904-1984)
Abstract Sketch, 1960s
AU$2,000 - AU$4,000


Flight Claudeview full entry
Reference: Lino-cuts. A handbook of linoleum-cut colour printing, by Claude Flight.
Publishing details: London : The Bodley Head, 1948. Revised edition. Quarto, decorated cloth, illustrated dustjacket, pp. 56, colour and black and white plates,
Ref: 1009
lino-cutsview full entry
Reference: see Lino-cuts. A handbook of linoleum-cut colour printing, by Claude Flight.
Publishing details: London : The Bodley Head, 1948. Revised edition. Quarto, decorated cloth, illustrated dustjacket, pp. 56, colour and black and white plates,
Murray A Sview full entry
Reference: Twelve Hundred Miles on the River Murray by A. S. Murray. With Facimile Illustrations in Colours by The Author. 15 colour tipped-in plates.
Publishing details: Published by George Robertson & Co. 1898
Ref: 1009
Ganambarr Gunybi view full entry
Reference: Found by Gunybi Ganambarr. Catalogue of exhibition at the Annandale Galleries 24 July to 31 August 2013. Hardback.
Publishing details: Annandale Galleries, 2013. Hardback.
Ref: 1000
O’Connor Vicview full entry
Reference: Victorian Artists Society exhibition catalogue, 27 August - 8 September, 1977
Publishing details: Victorian Artists Society, 1977
Ref: 1000
O’Connor Vicview full entry
Reference: Victorian Artists Society exhibition catalogue, April 3-15 [not dated]
Publishing details: Victorian Artists Society, ND
Ref: 1000
Gill S T 3 major oil paintings view full entry
Reference: seeImportant Australian Fine Art
by Deutscher and Hackett, Melbourne,
August 27, 2025
lot 30
S.T. Gill
(1818 - 1880)
Mt. Emu from Stockyard Hill, 1855
oil on compressed card
17.5 x 25.0 cm
bears inscription verso: Mt Emu from Stock yard Hill / 1855

lot 31
S.T. Gill
(1818 - 1880)
On the Barwon River above Fyansford, Victoria, 1855
oil on compressed card
17.5 x 25.0 cm
bears inscription verso: On the Barwon River above Fyansford / W. Geelong 1855

32 S.T. Gill
(1818 - 1880)
On Rocky Creek near Fryers Creek, 1852
oil on compressed card
22.5 x 30.5 cm
bears inscription verso: On Rocky Creek / near Tyers Creek July / 1852

PROVENANCE
Arthur H. S. Piggin, Melbourne, acquired c.1879
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne
Thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne

ESSAY
Recognised as one of the most engaging and observant artists of Australian colonial life, the young Samuel Thomas Gill arrived in South Australia, aged twenty-one, with his parents and siblings in December 1839, only three years after Adelaide was founded on the lands of the Kaurna people. Having received training in Plymouth and London, within three months Gill was advertising his artistic availability. In his advertisement he proclaimed his willingness to capture ‘correct likenesses’ of individuals, horses, dogs, local scenery and residences ‘sketched and… suited for home conveyance’, to record and inform distant family and friends of life in Australia.1 In addition to these genres, Gill travelled to townships around the colony, undertaking commissions including recording the early copper and silver mining industries, and participating in exploratory travels. By the mid-1840s his lively art was being displayed in Britain to entice immigrants and investment. Failing to sustain an income, in 1852 Gill joined the hopeful hordes flocking to the newly discovered goldfields in Victoria, his art appearing increasingly in printed formats, furthering his growing reputation. He is now remembered as the quintessential artist of the Australian gold rush, capturing with his deft line the tension, boredom, humour, celebration and desperation of that tumultuous period.

Prolific throughout his life, Gill is well-known for his fluid and colourful watercolours, pencil sketches and often entertaining lithographs. However, his oil paintings are rare, with these being among the few known examples. Significantly, the provenance records a direct line from the artist to the current owners. Arthur Henry Sturgeon Piggin arrived in Melbourne in early 1869, aged twenty-two, continuing in his father’s trade as a draper (a fabric merchant). On 7 September 1876, Arthur married Jane (Jeanie) Reid McNaughton at the West Melbourne Church, with whom he subsequently had seven children. Piggin had ‘apparently formed a close friendship with Gill’ during the intervening years, with Gill presenting one, if not more paintings, to the couple on the occasion of their wedding.2 In 1958, the Piggin family donated Mt Gambier, South Australia, 1852 to the National Gallery of Victoria, and descendants now offer an additional three paintings (lots 30, 31 and 32).3

This pair of paintings, matching in proportions, show locations to the west of Melbourne that Gill is known to have travelled to. A spacious pencil study in the State Library Victoria collection titled ‘Mt Emu from S.Y. Hill / 6 & 7 miles’, and initialled and dated ‘2 May 1855’, tallies closely with the pen and ink inscription on the reverse of ‘Mt Emu from Stock Yard Hill / 1855’.4 In both sketch and painting, we look south-east across Black Lake towards the tapering curves of Mt Emu on the horizon. In the oil painting, however, Gill has included a foreground narrative of Aboriginal people, clad in a possum-skin cloak and, possibly, blanket, gazing across the plain. Given the rapid pastoral expansion of Victoria’s Western Districts and the violent impact of British invasion upon the Wadawurrung people, it is likely that Gill’s inclusion of such figures drew upon his past encounters with Aboriginal people from various countries.

Fyansford, at the junction of the Barwon and Moorabool Rivers to the west of Geelong, appeared a number of times in Gill’s art, best known in two lithographs in his portfolio Diggers and diggings of Victoria as they were in 1852, published in Melbourne in 1855. In the print On the Barwon near Fyansford Geelong, Gill shows cattle calmly grazing by the river’s edge among scattered gum trees, while in the closely titled On the Barwon above Fyanford Geelong, he has taken a high vantage point, showing cleared and planted land on the far slopes of the river valley.5 The oil painting shows another viewpoint, with two men perusing the calm scene, the stump and felled tree that frames the foreground implying the impact of settlement as much as the presence of the cattle scattered up the hillside.6

Despite the differences inherent in the media, the deft application of paint, notably in the thin branches and the feathery depiction of grass and leaves, the crisp atmospheric tonality, and the somewhat awkward forms of the Aboriginal people correspond closely with Gill’s noted watercolour and drawing abilities. The paintings are on prepared compressed millboard made by the well-known London-based art supplier James Newman Ltd (its stamp visible on the reverse of the boards) and they remain in their nineteenth-century frames.7 Although Gill’s distinctive initials, with which he regularly signed his work, are absent from the four paintings, further research into the contemporary inscriptions on the reverse of the boards may prove fruitful.8 While fresh material in an unusual medium for an artist known to be widely copied in his own time must be carefully examined, the known family friendship with Gill, the correlating style and subject matter, and the freshness of application – unlike that of any known painter/copyist at that time – all accord with these being rare examples of Gill experimenting with and exploring the medium of oil paint.9


The author would like to thank Gerard Hayes for his assistance with this entry.
 
1. South Australian Gazette and Colonial Register, 7 March 1840, p. 1, see: nla.gov.au/nla.news-article27441257 (accessed July 2025)
2. See Appleyard, R., Fargher, B., and Radford, R., S.T. Gill: The South Australian Years 1839 – 1852, Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide, 1986, cat. no. 30, p. 58 and n. 15, p. 117
3. See Mt Gambier, South Australia, 1852, oil on board, NGV 84 – 5 at: (accessed July 2025)
4. See Mt Emu from S.Y. Hill / 6 & 7 miles, 1855, pencil, SLV H4591 at: (accessed July 2025)
5. See The diggers and diggings of Victoria, 1855, NGV 2011.291.1-25 at:
6. The detailed drawing Fyansford, Barwon River, Geelong, c. 1854, SLV H4318, shows the bridge that replaced the ford, which opened in 1854, see: (accessed July 2025)
7. See National Portrait Gallery, London ‘British artists’ suppliers, 1650 – 1950’ at: www.npg.org.uk/collections/research/programmes/directory-of-suppliers (accessed July 2025)
8. The Mt Emu inscriptions noted above warrant comparison, together with Arrival of Geelong mail (Main Road Ballarat), Art Gallery Ballarat 1978.133, inscribed with the same date, see: (accessed July 2025)
9. A group of six oil paintings, sized 14 x 23 cm and marked with Gill’s initials, were sold through Leonard Joel’s, Melbourne, 20 April 1972, and subsequently. See for example: (accessed July 2025). These are crude copies after Gill’s Diggers and Diggings lithographs, 1855.

ALISA BUNBURY

Brier Frederick 1854-1922view full entry
Reference: see Davidsons auction, 17.8.25, lot96:
BRIER, Frederick (1854-1922)
Launceston, 1915.
Signed and dated lower right.
Two other views of Launceston by the artist are in the Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Launceston.
W/Clr & Gouache
62x96.5cm

PROVENANCE:
(Probably) E J Sidebottom, 1935 (inscription now obscured or lost); collection Dr Clifford Craig, Launceston, thence by descent; Sotheby's Sydney 28th June 2005 (lot 372)
Dimensions
62x96.5cm
Artist or Maker
(1854-1922)
Medium
Signed and dated lower right. <br /> Two other views of Launceston by the artist are in the Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Launceston.
Australasian Sketcher with Pen and Pencil Theview full entry
Reference: The Australasian Sketcher with Pen and Pencil , complete run, vol.1 no.1-vol.17 no.252 (This magazine was similar in style to The Illustrated London News or The Graphic, covering all aspects of Australasian life and an important socio-historic documentation of life in Victorian times. From in-depth coverage of the Ned Kelly gang story to maritime and railway disasters, Boxing Day cricket with W.G.Grace, racing, ausie-rules football, fashion, portraits of the great and the good, natural phenomena etc., this is a rich seam of information on a maturing nation.)
Publishing details: Melbourne, 1873-89; sold as a periodical, folio.
Ref: 1000
Sketcher view full entry
Reference: see The Australasian Sketcher with Pen and Pencil , complete run, vol.1 no.1-vol.17 no.252 (This magazine was similar in style to The Illustrated London News or The Graphic, covering all aspects of Australasian life and an important socio-historic documentation of life in Victorian times. From in-depth coverage of the Ned Kelly gang story to maritime and railway disasters, Boxing Day cricket with W.G.Grace, racing, ausie-rules football, fashion, portraits of the great and the good, natural phenomena etc., this is a rich seam of information on a maturing nation.) [To be indexed for artists]
Publishing details: Melbourne, 1873-89; sold as a periodical, folio.
Lymburner Francis 17 paintings and drawingsview full entry
Reference: see Sm,alls Auctions, Rare Art, Photography & Coins: Australia & Beyond
Aug 08, 2025 lots 285-302



Francis Lymburner was born on June 11, 1916, in Brisbane, Queensland. He studied at the Brisbane Technical College under Martyn J. Roberts, who had a great influence on him. In his final year, he was awarded the Godfrey Rivers Medal. He worked at the Carnegie Art Library in Brisbane, and after winning several art prizes, he decided to move to Sydney. A member of the Sydney Group, he published a series of outstanding animal drawings entitled 'Fifth Drawings' in 1946. His first one-man show in Sydney was held in 1944. He moved to London to further his art and enjoyed further success while remaining a member of the Contemporary Art Society of Australia.
Sculptors Society Theview full entry
Reference: The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Alajajian Helenview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Alliband Kayview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Anderson Patriciaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Aplin Sallyview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Balint Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Bekic Marijanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Blattmann Leeview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Boer Kerry Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Brown Joanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Buckley Ellyview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Carroll Ireneview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Chant Evaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Charlton Robview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Chidzey Keithview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Comninos Byronview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Coverdale-Fronsnova Judyview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Cowell Chrisview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Craig Leashaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Davis Meikeview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Dawson Janeview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Fallone Markview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Graham Philippaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Green Jennyview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Harrison Amandaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Ho Argoview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Blazley Vikki Hoikview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Hsiang Pin Hsunview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Hurlstone Joanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
ILosvay Gustavview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Kaden Susanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Kellerman Evaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Krstanoska-Blazeska Lihnidaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Krstanoski-Blazeski Blazeview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Kuczynski Alanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Leete Helenview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Lewis Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Lillywhite Helenaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Lowe Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Lyne Shielaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Mollison Carmelview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Matossian Vrejview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Morrell Angelaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Neeson Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Piggott Belindaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Plowright Terranceview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Pollard Catrionaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Stefanija Biuljana Popview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Portnor Sallieview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Ramadan Feisalview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Rendle Carolynview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Revell Sinanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Richards Toryview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Richardson Julie Gview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Ridsdale Sharonview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Robinson Veraview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Ruicins Arisview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Rosenmeyer Kathrinview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Rumpf Robynview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Scott Ianview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Shaw Janview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Sheridan Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Sinpson Christineview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Slarke Eileenview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Smagarinsky Larissaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Soloman Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Somerville Alanview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Stampfli Rozview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Stuart Toddview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
van Stom Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
van Stom Feyonaview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Vaynman Michaelview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Watkins Gunnelview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Westcott Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Whitehead Bridgetview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Williams Martin Drview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Zylberberg Sallyview full entry
Reference: see The Sculptors Society - celebrating 70 years, co-ordinated and compiled by Vivienne Lowe. Includes ‘The Sculptors Society - A Brief History’ researched by Jan Shaw, and essays on over 70 sculptors with portraits and illustrations of their work.
‘To celebrate The Sculptors Society 70th anniversary, this publication showcases the work of 75 contemporary sculptors- all members of The Sculptors Society. It offers an insight into the artists' backgrounds, concepts and provides examples of their sculpture. The book also provides a concise history of The Sculptors Society from its inception in 1951 together with images of the sculptures by of past members of renown.’
Publishing details: Sydney : The Sculptors Society, 2021, (unpaged) : colour illustrations, portraits
Woolner Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Huguebnot Times, The Newsletter of the Huguenot Society of Australia, No. 45, Autumn (May.June) 2025. p 1--7, ‘The Unconventional Brownes, or how an Artistic Family of Huguenots Survived Victorian England’, by Sarah Staveley. The article references the portrait of Octavius Browne by Thoimas Woolner and provides extrensive information about the Browne family.
McCrae Georgiana Huntly view full entry
Reference: see Huguebnot Times, The Newsletter of the Huguenot Society of Australia, No. 45, Autumn (May.June) 2025. p 1--7, ‘The Unconventional Brownes, or how an Artistic Family of Huguenots Survived Victorian England’, by Sarah Staveley. The article references the portrait of Octavius Browne by Georgiana Huntly McCrae and provides extrensive information about the Browne family.
Clune Thelmaview full entry
Reference: see Davidson Auctions,August 17, 2025, Sale 198 Lot 136
CLUNE, Thelma (1900-1992) (2) 
Tropical Ferns after Dobell, gouache (9.5x14.5cm); and Sydney Harbour, 1980, inscribed verso, oil on board (11x14.5cm) 
Both works ex John Schaeffer collection (gifted by the artist)
Estimate $100-300
Dunlop art contest. Catalogue 1954 exhibitionview full entry
Reference: Dunlop art contest. Catalogue 1954 exhibition, Presented at Tye’s Art Gallery. [Melbourne : Tye’s Art Gallery, 1954]. Exhibition catalogue, folded sheet with insert, no illustrations, selected catalogue of works, including pieces by Jeffrey Smart, John Rigby, Lawrence Daws, William Frater, Harald Vike, Ludmilla Meilerts, Kenneth Jack, Theo Scharff, Sali Herman, Harley Griffiths, George Lawrence, Len Annois, Dora Tovey, Stanislaus Rapotec, Jacqueline Hick and others. Interestingly, no First Prize was awarded in either the oil painting or watercolour section. The judges were Daryl Lindsay, Will Ashton and Robert Campbell.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Tye’s Art Gallery, 1954
Ref: 1000
'Modern Homesview full entry
Reference: Modern Homes, by Cecil J.H. Keeley,
Thirty six designs, one to a page with line rendering and basic plan with a short paragraph and estimated cost in wood or brick. Basic 3 bedroom ranges from £1,000 to £1500. Three final pages are interior faux baronial renderings, beams and wainscotting. Numerous advertisements throughout including the ubiquitous Fibrolite asbestos cement sheets.

Publishing details: Robertson & Mullins, Melbourne 1923. 62pp.
Ref: 1000
architectureview full entry
Reference: see Modern Homes, by Cecil J.H. Keeley,
Thirty six designs, one to a page with line rendering and basic plan with a short paragraph and estimated cost in wood or brick. Basic 3 bedroom ranges from £1,000 to £1500. Three final pages are interior faux baronial renderings, beams and wainscotting. Numerous advertisements throughout including the ubiquitous Fibrolite asbestos cement sheets.

Publishing details: Robertson & Mullins, Melbourne 1923. 62pp.
Borneo Burlesque - Sandakan Entertainmentview full entry
Reference: Borneo Burlesque - Sandakan Entertainment. Artwork by Don Johnson and Jock Britz, Story by George Forbes, In July 1942, 'B Force', 1,500 Officers and men were moved from Changi POW camp to Sandakan, then on to Kuching. The harsh treatment from Japanese captors was relieved by entertainments devised and performed by the prisoners.
Publishing details: production Bill Clayton. 130pp. No publisher, 1947. First edition of 338 \
Ref: 1000
Johnson Don view full entry
Reference: see Borneo Burlesque - Sandakan Entertainment. Artwork by Don Johnson and Jock Britz, Story by George Forbes, In July 1942, 'B Force', 1,500 Officers and men were moved from Changi POW camp to Sandakan, then on to Kuching. The harsh treatment from Japanese captors was relieved by entertainments devised and performed by the prisoners.
Publishing details: production Bill Clayton. 130pp. No publisher, 1947. First edition of 338 \
Britz Jock view full entry
Reference: see Borneo Burlesque - Sandakan Entertainment. Artwork by Don Johnson and Jock Britz, Story by George Forbes, In July 1942, 'B Force', 1,500 Officers and men were moved from Changi POW camp to Sandakan, then on to Kuching. The harsh treatment from Japanese captors was relieved by entertainments devised and performed by the prisoners.
Publishing details: production Bill Clayton. 130pp. No publisher, 1947. First edition of 338 \
Gregory Inaview full entry
Reference: 'Flowers of Thought Culled from Nature's Garden,' Leila Topp, illustrated by Ina Gregory.
Leila Topp was married to Arthur Topp (Melbourne Review), and it appears that Ina Gregory was her niece. Gregory trained at the National Gallery School and under E. Phillips Fox at the Melbourne School of Art. Also, a friend of Violet Teague.
Publishing details: No publisher, Melbourne about 1918 (?) 52pp. 7 illustrations + 3 devices.
Ref: 1000
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: Chunuma. Sixteen tales of the growing up of piccaninny Chunuma illustrated with Elizabeth Durack's black and white vignettes.
This the first children's book in collaboration with her sister.

Publishing details: Pub. The Bulletin, Sydney 1936. First edition. 160pp.
Embossed silver Chunuma silhouette on pebbled cloth boards with lightly worn corners. Text block dusted to the top, spotting to edges.
Ref: 1000
Prout Skinnerview full entry
Reference: Adventures in Australia. Mrs. R. Lee. Illustrated by J. Skinner Prout.
Adventures in Australia or the Wanderings of Captain Spencer in The Bush and the Wilds: Containing Accurate Descriptions of the Habits of the Natives and the Natural Productions and Features of the Country.
Fact and fiction combined in this tale vying for verisimilitude with the use of specialist consultants for Aboriginal accounts and flora/fauna with scientific named footnotes.
Prouts illustrations appear to be unique to this work.
Sarah Eglinton Bowdich (1791-1856) was an English author, illustrator, traveler, zoologist, and botanist.

Publishing details: Grant & Griffith, London, 1851. 364pp. + 18pp. advertisements and 5 engravings.
Ref: 1000
Earthworks Poster Collective view full entry
Reference: see Davidson Auctions August 18, 2025. 9 posters between lots 106 and 116
Hodgkinson Frank (1919 - 2001) essay onview full entry
Reference: Frank Hodgkinson - The Banksia Works
23 August – 13 September, 2025 at Charles Nodrum Gallery.
In 1970, Frank Hodgkinson (1919 - 2001) returned to Sydney from Spain for the last time after living and exhibiting there for 16 of the previous 22 years. Between the first significant chapter of his oeuvre (that this gallery has exhibited and written about extensively over the decades) and what came next - paintings inspired by time spent in Kati Thanda-Lake Eyre (South Australia); Arnhem Land (Northern Territory); and Port Morseby (Papua New Guinea) from 1975 - Hodgkinson made a remarkable group of small bronze sculptures based on the Banksia tree seed pod. Whilst relatively well illustrated in Lou Klepac’s monograph (Frank Hodgkinson, The Beagle Press, Sydney, 1994), how they came about is not mentioned. This small exhibition and introductory essay seek to explain.
The Banksia is found in Hodgkinson’s work dating back to the 1960s; numbers 7 & 8 in this exhibition date from 1964. The Banksia paintings, drawings and prints range from traditional still life studies of nature to erotic nudes; the curves and crevices of seed pods transfigure into breasts and buttocks, and clumps of leaves and twigs become pubic hair. They're reminiscent of the artist’s organic abstractions of 1954-58 (see cat. no. 16 in this exhibition & Klepac, pl 27, p 39) as well as his A Garden of Earthly Delights series made in Spain that often included proliferations of collaged, printed images of women’s open eyes and mouths (see cat. no. 18 & Klepac, pl 56 & 57, p 78-79). Later works were also influenced by his travels to the smooth and bulbous undulations of the Kata Juta (NT) landscape, and of course one assumes he was aware of Gustave Courbet's L'Origine du Monde, 1866. Indeed, in a recent conversation, Kate Hodgkinson recalled that Frank considered the Banksia to encompass “the beginning and end of life in one tree”.
In 1971 Hodgkinson spent some time at Dunmoochin in Cottlesbridge, north of Melbourne, where he met Kate (his wife-to-be). From there the pair travelled by caravan to the Coorong (SA); Kata Juta (NT, then called the Olgas); and into Queensland. Klepac notes: "The journey to the Coorong, estuary of the Murray River, touches off another period of heavily textured works, involving the use of beach sand, shell grit and earth pigments. These abstract works exploited the coastal Banksia and the human torso and were pitched higher in key than the paintings of the 60s. From central Australia he developed paintings from the extraordinary forms of the Olgas" (Klepac, p 72). Osmosis, 1972 (cat. no. 9) dates from this period. Then, while in Sydney in 1973 for a solo show at the Rudy Komon Art Gallery, the couple bought a property in Kenthurst; an unusual block in the outer northern suburbs with a steep incline to the O'Hara Creek where they designed and built a house with a generous balcony overlooking the ravine. Klepac again: "At Kenthurst Hodgkinson began to make many drawings of the nude and organic forms, abstractions of Banksia blossom and seeds, twisting and turning tree trunks, seeking the forms that he felt made for a universal oneness underneath the external appearance of things. The rocks, the ravine plunging to the creek below and outside his studio the enormous Angophora tree, with its colours changing from rusty reds to pale, flesh-like pinks, became abiding influences in Hodgkinson's vision as a painter. He would continue to travel... [and] invariably these travels were followed by exhibitions of work from his observations. But principally, the home-base of his art would now be the mysterious landscape that lay at his doorstep” (Klepac, p 73).
So it was a perfect coincidence that in the early 1980s, on holiday at Corinella Beach looking across Victoria’s Western Port Bay to Philip and French Islands, the property happened to be surrounded by Banksia trees. Frank, then in his early 60s and not so keen on the idea of an entire week filled with long days at the beach with his young and boisterous daughter Zoe, had brought a block of clay to occupy his days, and each morning he’d set up in the garden and sculpt the seed pods. The series of clay sculptures that eventuated were carefully transported home to Kenthurst and Kate, with her experience in ceramics, fired them in her kiln. These were later taken to Allan Crawford, who made plaster casts that Frank incised to sharpen the forms and heighten their texture as the paints and glazes used in the firing process had smoothed out their surfaces. Crawford then fired these in bronze, producing the first of an envisaged edition of 10. The family have since decided to reduce the potential edition to 5 and have had the works 3D scanned and rubber moulded for this purpose.
Hodgkinson made some larger Banksia bronzes over the next decade and he had also made bronze sculptures in Spain in 1967 inspired by the poetry of Gabriel Garcia Lorca (see Klepac pl 61 & 62, p 84 & 85). While he exhibited the present suite of small bronzes at Holdsworth Gallery in Sydney in 1986 (in Frank Hodgkinson: Arnhem Land, Ants & Banksias), his forays into sculpture were really for his own pleasure. Kate’s aside that “Frank always said, if his eyesight went, he’d become a sculptor” is an understatement of his obvious skill, inviting us to ponder how his abilities as a sculptor and his excellence as a draughtsman can be two sides of the same coin.
Publishing details: Charles Nodrum Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Murray-White:Clive view full entry
Reference: Clive Murray-White: Assisted Suiseki 14-20 August, 2025, Charles Nodrum Galklery,
Publishing details: Charles Nodrum Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibitionview full entry
Reference: No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition.
The exhibition will be opened on Wednesday 27 August 2025. Curated by Kon Gouriotis.

At a time when documentary photography competes with the fake, No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition argues that more than ever there is a role for honest and often raw observations through photography.

Effy Alexakis, Emmanuel Angelicas, Juno Gemes and Mick Richards are photographers who have continually captured reality as it unfolds to seek authenticity and unpredictability to bear witness to the developing story as it is.

No Control: Four Documentary Photographers will exhibit at the Macquarie University Art Gallery until 3 October 2025.


Publishing details: Macquarie University Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Alexakis Effy view full entry
Reference: see No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition.
The exhibition will be opened on Wednesday 27 August 2025. Curated by Kon Gouriotis.

At a time when documentary photography competes with the fake, No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition argues that more than ever there is a role for honest and often raw observations through photography.

Effy Alexakis, Emmanuel Angelicas, Juno Gemes and Mick Richards are photographers who have continually captured reality as it unfolds to seek authenticity and unpredictability to bear witness to the developing story as it is.

No Control: Four Documentary Photographers will exhibit at the Macquarie University Art Gallery until 3 October 2025.


Publishing details: Macquarie University Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Angelicas Emmanuel view full entry
Reference: see No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition.
The exhibition will be opened on Wednesday 27 August 2025. Curated by Kon Gouriotis.

At a time when documentary photography competes with the fake, No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition argues that more than ever there is a role for honest and often raw observations through photography.

Effy Alexakis, Emmanuel Angelicas, Juno Gemes and Mick Richards are photographers who have continually captured reality as it unfolds to seek authenticity and unpredictability to bear witness to the developing story as it is.

No Control: Four Documentary Photographers will exhibit at the Macquarie University Art Gallery until 3 October 2025.


Publishing details: Macquarie University Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Gemes Juno view full entry
Reference: see No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition.
The exhibition will be opened on Wednesday 27 August 2025. Curated by Kon Gouriotis.

At a time when documentary photography competes with the fake, No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition argues that more than ever there is a role for honest and often raw observations through photography.

Effy Alexakis, Emmanuel Angelicas, Juno Gemes and Mick Richards are photographers who have continually captured reality as it unfolds to seek authenticity and unpredictability to bear witness to the developing story as it is.

No Control: Four Documentary Photographers will exhibit at the Macquarie University Art Gallery until 3 October 2025.


Publishing details: Macquarie University Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Richards Mick view full entry
Reference: see No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition.
The exhibition will be opened on Wednesday 27 August 2025. Curated by Kon Gouriotis.

At a time when documentary photography competes with the fake, No Control: Four Documentary Photographers exhibition argues that more than ever there is a role for honest and often raw observations through photography.

Effy Alexakis, Emmanuel Angelicas, Juno Gemes and Mick Richards are photographers who have continually captured reality as it unfolds to seek authenticity and unpredictability to bear witness to the developing story as it is.

No Control: Four Documentary Photographers will exhibit at the Macquarie University Art Gallery until 3 October 2025.


Publishing details: Macquarie University Art Gallery, 2025 [catalogue details to be entered]
Dawson Janetview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine, August – September 2025 issue. Article by Dense Mimmochi.
‘A major retrospective of the artist’s work has recently opened at the Art Gallery. We explore Dawson’s daring and experimental vision through this issue’s cover story.’
Publishing details: Arty Gallery of New South Wales, 2025
Harrison Eleanor Ritchie view full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine, August – September 2025 issue. Article re conservation of her work.
Eleanor Ritchie Harrison A winter morning on the coast of France 1888. oill on canvas, 88 x 159 cm, Art Gallery of Australian Wiles, ents Cuturai Githe
Program by James M Hardigg 2025
'This painting was identified for treatment when it came in, recalls Selina Halim, senior paintings conservator, bent low over Eleanor Ritchie Harrison's A winter morning on the coast of France 1888 (pictured above).
The yellowed restoration varnish, failed patches and paint losses were all typical signs of aging for a 19th-century painting, but conservation treatment has slowly revealed a masterful depiction of women traversing a silvery, melancholic coastal landscape in northern France.
The work earned praise when first exhibited in Melbourne in 1890 by the artist, seen then as representing the latest 'French school' of painting, and yet Harrison soon vanished from Australia's art history, becoming little more than a footnote.
Wayne Tunnicliffe, acting director of collections, came across the footnote while researching the
2020 Arthur Streeton exhibition. Enthralled, he tracked down the painting, recognising the exceptional quality of the work despite its worn condition.
'It just had a life to it, smiles Tunnicliffe, outlining the journey of a work that eventually found its way to a descendant who donated it to the Art Gallery, ensuring that Harrison's name would be restored to its rightful place in art history.
A winter morning on the coast of France was painted at Étaples, where Victorian-born Harrison and her husband had moved in 1887. They then moved to Melbourne in 1889 before relocating to California in 1891, and by 1895 Harrison was expecting a baby.
The infant did not survive childbirth and Harrison died less than a week later. She was in her early forties at the time of her death.
Though highly regarded as a painter, travelling more extensively than almost any other Australian woman artist of her time, not a single work by Harrison exists in any public collection. Until now.
'We knew there was a better painting underneath that surface, and we wanted to honour her artistic intention, Tunnicliffe says. 'Support from the Howarth Foundation has given us the time to go beyond basic preservation to full historical restoration.
Peter and Judy Howarth's conservation patronage has forged an enduring impact on Australia's artistic legacy through the preservation of countless cultural treasures...
All of the works being preserved for Dangerously Modern: Australian Women Artists in Europe 1890-
1940 (opening at the Art Gallery on 11 October) are by pioneering women artists who trained and worked in Europe - Hilda Rix Nicholas, Dorrit Black, Margaret Preston, Thea Proctor - women whose stories encompassed the full range of human experience: joy and tragedy, discovery and loss, ambition realised and thwarted.
These were women who had found freedom in Europe by escaping the social structures of home to discover themselves and new ways of being in the world. They formed networks of support, trained each other, created exhibition opportunities and brought modernism back to Australia when many of their male counterparts remained more conservative.
It's a virtuous cycle: works are preserved and given recognition, interest grows, leading to more discoveries. This detective work is particularly meaningful in bringing renewed attention to historically overlooked women artists...
Publishing details: Arty Gallery of New South Wales, 2025
When Modern Became Contemporary Artview full entry
Reference: When Modern Became Contemporary Art - The Idea of Australian Art, 1962-1988, by Charles Green and Heather Barker.
‘This book is a portrait of the period when modern art became contemporary art. It explores how and why writers and artists in Australia argued over the idea of a distinctively Australian modern and then postmodern art from 1962, the date of publication of a foundational book, Australian Painting 1788â"1960, up to 1988, the year of the Australian Bicentennial.
Across nine chapters about art, exhibitions, curators and critics, this book describes the shift from modern art to contemporary art through the successive attempts to define a place in the world for Australian art. But by 1988, Australian art looked less and less like a viable tradition inside which to interpret âourâ art. Instead, vast gaps appeared, since mostly male and often older White writers had limited their horizons to White Australia alone. National stories by White men, like borders, had less and less explanatory value. Underneath this, a perplexing subject remained: the absence of Aboriginal art in understanding what Australian art was during the period that established the idea of a distinctive Australian modern and then contemporary art.
This book reflects on why the embrace of Aboriginal art was so late in art museums and histories of Australian art, arguing that this was because it was not part of a national story dominated by colonial, then neo-colonial dependency. It is important reading for all scholars of both global and Australian art, and for curators and artists.’
Publishing details: Taylor & Francis Ltd, 2024, hc, 310pp
Ref: 1000
Six Paintings from Papunyaview full entry
Reference: Six Paintings from Papunya
A Conversation. Authors: Fred R. Myers, Terry Smith. Contributor: Stephen Gilchrist.
In the early 1970s at Papunya, a remote settlement in the Central Australian desert, a group of Indigenous artists decided to communicate the sacred power of their traditional knowledge to the wider worlds beyond their own. Their exceptional, innovative efforts led to an outburst of creative energy across the continent that gave rise to the contemporary Aboriginal art movement that continues to this day. In their new book, anthropologist Fred Myers and art critic Terry Smith discuss six Papunya paintings featured in a 2022 exhibition in New York. They draw on several discourses that have developed around First Nations art—notably anthropology, art history, and curating as practiced by Indigenous and non-Indigenous interpreters. Their focus on six key paintings enables unusually close and intense insight into the works’ content and extraordinary innovation. Six Paintings from Papunya also includes a reflection by Indigenous curator and scholar Stephen Gilchrist, who considers the nature and significance of this rare transcultural conversation.
List of Illustrations
Preface and Acknowledgments
Introduction
1. The Eternal Recurrence of Origins
Kingsley Tjungurrai, Stars, Rain, and Lightning at Night, 1971
2. The Ceremony is the Place: The Past is the Present
Shorty Lungkarta Tjungurrayi, Classic Pintupi Water Dreaming, 1972
3. The Icy Spirit: The Structure of Punishment
Wartuma (Charlie Tarawa/Tjaruru) Tjungurrayi, The Trial, 1972
4. Inside and Outside: A Cave Allegory
Mick Namarari Tjapaltjarri, Big Cave Dreaming with Ceremonial Objects, 1972
5. Stippling Plenitude: “The Water Man Does Not Get Wet—He Is the Rain Itself”
Johnny Warangkula Tjupurrula, Water Dreaming at Kalipinypa, 1972
6. Dotting and Weaving
Kaapa Mbitjana Tjampitjinpa (with Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri), Ngalyipi (A Small Snake), 1972
Six Paintings from Papunya: A Reflection / Stephen Gilchrist
Language and Person Names
Glossary
Notes
Bibliography
Index

Fred Myers is Silver Professor of Anthropology at New York University and author of Painting Culture: The Making of an Aboriginal High Art, also published by Duke University Press.

Terry Smith is Andrew W. Mellon Emeritus Professor of Contemporary Art History and Theory at the University of Pittsburgh and author of Art to Come: Histories of Contemporary Art, also published by Duke University Press.
Publishing details: published by Duke University Press, 2024, Pages: 136
Illustrations: 21 color images
Ref: 1000
Papunyaview full entry
Reference: see Six Paintings from Papunya
A Conversation. Authors: Fred R. Myers, Terry Smith. Contributor: Stephen Gilchrist.
In the early 1970s at Papunya, a remote settlement in the Central Australian desert, a group of Indigenous artists decided to communicate the sacred power of their traditional knowledge to the wider worlds beyond their own. Their exceptional, innovative efforts led to an outburst of creative energy across the continent that gave rise to the contemporary Aboriginal art movement that continues to this day. In their new book, anthropologist Fred Myers and art critic Terry Smith discuss six Papunya paintings featured in a 2022 exhibition in New York. They draw on several discourses that have developed around First Nations art—notably anthropology, art history, and curating as practiced by Indigenous and non-Indigenous interpreters. Their focus on six key paintings enables unusually close and intense insight into the works’ content and extraordinary innovation. Six Paintings from Papunya also includes a reflection by Indigenous curator and scholar Stephen Gilchrist, who considers the nature and significance of this rare transcultural conversation.
List of Illustrations
Preface and Acknowledgments
Introduction
1. The Eternal Recurrence of Origins
Kingsley Tjungurrai, Stars, Rain, and Lightning at Night, 1971
2. The Ceremony is the Place: The Past is the Present
Shorty Lungkarta Tjungurrayi, Classic Pintupi Water Dreaming, 1972
3. The Icy Spirit: The Structure of Punishment
Wartuma (Charlie Tarawa/Tjaruru) Tjungurrayi, The Trial, 1972
4. Inside and Outside: A Cave Allegory
Mick Namarari Tjapaltjarri, Big Cave Dreaming with Ceremonial Objects, 1972
5. Stippling Plenitude: “The Water Man Does Not Get Wet—He Is the Rain Itself”
Johnny Warangkula Tjupurrula, Water Dreaming at Kalipinypa, 1972
6. Dotting and Weaving
Kaapa Mbitjana Tjampitjinpa (with Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri), Ngalyipi (A Small Snake), 1972
Six Paintings from Papunya: A Reflection / Stephen Gilchrist
Language and Person Names
Glossary
Notes
Bibliography
Index

Fred Myers is Silver Professor of Anthropology at New York University and author of Painting Culture: The Making of an Aboriginal High Art, also published by Duke University Press.

Terry Smith is Andrew W. Mellon Emeritus Professor of Contemporary Art History and Theory at the University of Pittsburgh and author of Art to Come: Histories of Contemporary Art, also published by Duke University Press.
Publishing details: published by Duke University Press, 2024, Pages: 136
Illustrations: 21 color images
Smith Terryview full entry
Reference: see Six Paintings from Papunya
A Conversation. Authors: Fred R. Myers, Terry Smith. Contributor: Stephen Gilchrist.
In the early 1970s at Papunya, a remote settlement in the Central Australian desert, a group of Indigenous artists decided to communicate the sacred power of their traditional knowledge to the wider worlds beyond their own. Their exceptional, innovative efforts led to an outburst of creative energy across the continent that gave rise to the contemporary Aboriginal art movement that continues to this day. In their new book, anthropologist Fred Myers and art critic Terry Smith discuss six Papunya paintings featured in a 2022 exhibition in New York. They draw on several discourses that have developed around First Nations art—notably anthropology, art history, and curating as practiced by Indigenous and non-Indigenous interpreters. Their focus on six key paintings enables unusually close and intense insight into the works’ content and extraordinary innovation. Six Paintings from Papunya also includes a reflection by Indigenous curator and scholar Stephen Gilchrist, who considers the nature and significance of this rare transcultural conversation.
List of Illustrations
Preface and Acknowledgments
Introduction
1. The Eternal Recurrence of Origins
Kingsley Tjungurrai, Stars, Rain, and Lightning at Night, 1971
2. The Ceremony is the Place: The Past is the Present
Shorty Lungkarta Tjungurrayi, Classic Pintupi Water Dreaming, 1972
3. The Icy Spirit: The Structure of Punishment
Wartuma (Charlie Tarawa/Tjaruru) Tjungurrayi, The Trial, 1972
4. Inside and Outside: A Cave Allegory
Mick Namarari Tjapaltjarri, Big Cave Dreaming with Ceremonial Objects, 1972
5. Stippling Plenitude: “The Water Man Does Not Get Wet—He Is the Rain Itself”
Johnny Warangkula Tjupurrula, Water Dreaming at Kalipinypa, 1972
6. Dotting and Weaving
Kaapa Mbitjana Tjampitjinpa (with Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri), Ngalyipi (A Small Snake), 1972
Six Paintings from Papunya: A Reflection / Stephen Gilchrist
Language and Person Names
Glossary
Notes
Bibliography
Index

Fred Myers is Silver Professor of Anthropology at New York University and author of Painting Culture: The Making of an Aboriginal High Art, also published by Duke University Press.

Terry Smith is Andrew W. Mellon Emeritus Professor of Contemporary Art History and Theory at the University of Pittsburgh and author of Art to Come: Histories of Contemporary Art, also published by Duke University Press.
Publishing details: published by Duke University Press, 2024, Pages: 136
Illustrations: 21 color images
What artists seeview full entry
Reference: What artists see - essays, by Quentin Sprague. [To be indexed]
A luminous collection of essays on art, obsession and creativity from one of Australia’s best critics
Why do we revere the figure of the artist? Is the drive to create an innate human instinct or a form of compulsion? Is the provocateur more lauded than the realist? Why do artists do what they do, day after day, in a display of discipline and will?
The twelve essays in this collection offer glimpses into the lives of some of Australia’s best contemporary artists, exploring the impetus for creativity and the role of art in making meaning. Tied together by an enduring curiosity for how artists practice – what motivates them, what confounds them and what compels them to keep creating – these pieces span the islands of Carpentaria to suburban Perth, the streets of Malaysia to the deserts of the Northern Territory. What emerges is art as an act of wilful vision – of alternative ways of seeing that illuminate the otherwise invisible.
Publishing details: Monash University Publishing, 2025, 288pp
Ref: 1000
Waite James Clarke 1832-1920 The Saltwater River 1896view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article by Sam Nicols, p27-32, with biographical information and endnotes. Illustrated.
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Whiting Amy 1859-1953 miniaturesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Amy Whiting Miniatures’ by Rod Tuson, p6, with 4 illustrations.
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Cawthorne W A 1825-1897view full entry
Reference: see his diary with sketches 1843, in the Mitchell Library, SLNSW ref CYA
Rice ?homas samplerview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article p8-11
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Pottersview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Cornwell’s Pottery referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Lithgow Pottery referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Gillbtook Pottery referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Nolan Luke pottery referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Bendigo Pottery referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
London Pottery referencesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Orrong Pottery and Journeymnan Potters’ by Greg Hill, p12-26, extensively illustrated
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Thwaites Ernest Jardine cinematographerview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘Ernest Jardine Thwaites, pioneer cinematographer and inventor’ by Dr Rob la Nauze, p33-41
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Takuma Jonoski 1867-1934>view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine August 2025, vol 47 no. 3. Article ‘A Japanese artist in Australia - JonoskiTakuma’ by Lindsay Harris, p42-53
Publishing details: Australiana, 2025, 60pp
Ashton Jamesview full entry
Reference: James Ashton - artist of the Fleurieu Coast, Royal South Australian Society of Arts exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts 2025, pb, 95pp
Ref: 1009
Hipkiss Richardview full entry
Reference: see Australian Financial Treview, UPDATE OF HISTORY COULD ROCK COLONIAL ART MARKET. By TERRY INGRAM
Aug 13, 1992: Dr Joan Kerr, however, suggested that it could be exciting, for example, to discover what the "experimental" and "indelible paintings" were that Maria Nayler showed at the 1866 Melbourne Intercolonial Exhibition.
According to the catalogue of the exhibition, Ms Nayler intended to teach the art of indelible painting.

She showed 58 works in these genres, fruit and flower paintings and copies of old masters at this exhibition, and supplied paintings to an art union in 1867, but none of her works has been identified.
The entire oeuvre of Richard Hipkiss had also gone missing, Dr Kerr added.
Described in The Sydney Morning Herald as "an artist of great ability", Hipkiss offered 120 of his paintings as prizes in an art union of 1848-49. Specialising in flowers and fruit,
Nayler Mariaview full entry
Reference: see Australian Financial Treview, UPDATE OF HISTORY COULD ROCK COLONIAL ART MARKET. By TERRY INGRAM
Aug 13, 1992: Dr Joan Kerr, however, suggested that it could be exciting, for example, to discover what the "experimental" and "indelible paintings" were that Maria Nayler showed at the 1866 Melbourne Intercolonial Exhibition.
According to the catalogue of the exhibition, Ms Nayler intended to teach the art of indelible painting.

She showed 58 works in these genres, fruit and flower paintings and copies of old masters at this exhibition, and supplied paintings to an art union in 1867, but none of her works has been identified.
Joubert Didier and brother Julesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Financial Treview, UPDATE OF HISTORY COULD ROCK COLONIAL ART MARKET. By TERRY INGRAM
Aug 13, 1992: Dr Joan Kerr believes the dictionary will help re-write the history of photography in Australia. In May 1841, Didier Joubert, with others, took the first photograph ever on Australian soil. Didier's fame had been eclipsed by his more self-promotional brother Jules, Dr Kerr said.
Thake Ericview full entry
Reference: Eric Thake, war artist / Peter Pinson. [A copy is in the National Library of Australia]
Publishing details: East Sydney : Institute of Contemporary Art, 1991 : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Thake Ericview full entry
Reference: Checklist of the bookplates of Eric Thake.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Australian Bookplate Club, the Hawthorn Press, 1942, [11] p. : ill
Limited ed. of 150 copies.
Ref: 1000
Thake Ericview full entry
Reference: see Eric Thake: A surrealist at war
Authors, by Peter Pinson, in Art Monthly Australia. Published 01 Oct 2014
Spurr Thomasview full entry
Reference: a drawing of a church was with Lauder and Howard Antiques in Hobart in 2025.
Spurr Thomasview full entry
Reference: see DAAO:
Thomas Spurr b. c.1801
Also known as Rev Thomas Spurr
Artist (Draughtsman), Architect (Architect / Interior Architect / Landscape Architect), Artist (Painter)
Dismissed as a clergyman, Spurr advertised as a drawing and painting teacher before going on to become an architectural draughtsman. A position he was consequently also sacked from, this time for alcoholism, insolence and incompetence. No identifiable art works are known.
... natural history painter, teacher, architectural draughtsman, surveyor and Church of England clergyman, was sent to Van Diemen’s Land by the Anglican missionary Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts. Ordained just before his departure by the Bishop of London, Rev. Thomas Spurr arrived at Hobart Town with his wife, two daughters and a son in the Fortitude on 20 June 1840 and was appointed chaplain at Clarence Plains. He announced in the Hobart Town Courier of 19 March 1841 that he was running a school there in conjunction with his parish duties and advertised for four students, mentioning that he could offer references from Cambridge University. He was still living at Clarence Plains on 9 February 1844 when he advertised in the same newspaper that he was available for employment as an architectural draughtsman, land surveyor or private tutor in mathematics or classics, by then having been dismissed from his clerical duties. By 1848 he was living at North Hobart and again offering all the above expertise (including 'any description of ornamental Line, or watercolour pencilling’), as well as 'drawings of insects from life and native plants, flowers &c.’ He also offered to teach painting. At the same time Mrs Spurr was advertising lessons in knitting flowers.
Spurr finally found full-time employment with the government as a draughtsman in the Survey Department. By 1851 he had been promoted chief draughtsman, the former occupant of the position having been dismissed; but on 17 August 1851 he too was given the sack, for insolence, drunkenness and incompetence. On 14 August 1856 Thomas Spurr, aged 55, died of apoplexy and alcoholism. No surviving art works have been identified.
Writers:
Staff Writer
Date written:
1992
Last updated:
2011
Claxton Marshall attributedview full entry
Reference: see Clevedon Saleroom, UK, lot 295, 11.9.25. Attributed to Marshall Claxton (1812-1881) - Oil on canvas - Interior scene with a four young children, the three eldest seated around a table playing dominoes, the youngest in the arms of a young lady, in a lavishly furnished room, apperently unsigned recto, verso indistinctly signed (possibly 'M. Claxton) in white chalk, and additionally inscribed in chalk (possibly 'Painted by M. Claxton') to the canvas, as supplied by Charles Roberson, 51 Long Acre, London, and numbered CR466, 75cm x 62cm, in gilt slip and (depleted) giltwood and plaster frame


Marshall Claxton was born in Bolton, Lancashire in 1812, and his work consisted predominantly of narrative scenes and portraits. When he was 17 he studied under John Jackson, RA, and in 1831 he enrolled as a student at the Royal Academy, where his first exhibited portrait was of his father. In 1834 he was awarded the first medal in the Academy`s school of painting, and in 1835 his portrait of Sir Astley Cooper won him the Gold Medal of the Society of British Artists. He painted in Italy between 1837 and 1842 and then travelled to Australia in 1850 where he worked and exhibited, and visited India and Egypt before returning to England in 1858.
Hinchcliff Frederick George , 
Australian/British 1894-1962 - view full entry
Reference: seeb Roseberys London, UK, 9.9.25, lot 29: Frederick George Hinchcliff, 
Australian/British 1894-1962 - 

Landscape with figures, c.1935; 

watercolour and pencil on paper, signed lower right 'Hinchcliff', 22.5 x 26.7 cm (mounted/unframed) (ARR) 
Lindt John William (1845-1926) view full entry
Reference: see Antikauktion Krefeld auction, 12-13 September, 2025, lot lot 1285: Photo album with leather binding and gold embossing, 24 photographs by the Australian (German-born) landscape and ethnographic photographer John William Lindt (born 1845 in Frankfurt am Main - 1926 Black Spur). Album title: Picturesque New Guinea, published in 1887. Early photographs of Papua New Guinea, who became known for his landscape, portrait, and ethnographic photographs. A historical testimony, both visually and photographically. It depicts the 19th-century colonial perspective on "exotic" cultures of that time. The 24 photographs are based on earlier travel photography and depictions of remote regions, including Elevala Island in Port Moresby from the perspective of Metoreia Hill and Mola Mater Reef near Port Moresby during the European colonial period. All 24 photographs were later supplemented with handwritten image captions (probably not by him himself). Photographs 15 cm x 20.5 cm, album L 25.5 cm x W 19.5 cm x D 6.5 cm, leather binding rubbed, provenance: private collector in Krefeld, Germany.
Coutts Gordon A Merchant of Tangiers" (1921) with biogview full entry
Reference: see Artemis Fine Arts, Louisville, CO, US.,
Lot 295: Gordon Coutts Painting "A Merchant of Tangiers" (1921).
Gordon Coutts (Scottish, 1868-1937). "A Merchant of Tangiers" oil on canvas, ca. 1921. Signed at lower right. Gordon Coutts' A Merchant of Tangiers is a captivating Orientalist masterpiece that immerses viewers in the vibrant atmosphere of North African bazaars. The painting exudes warmth and intrigue, depicting a dignified merchant draped in richly textured robes, his thoughtful expression hinting at untold stories of trade and adventure. Coutts' masterful use of light and shadow enhances the depth and realism, bringing to life the intricate details of the scene - from the merchant's flowing garments to the sunlit mountains in the background. With its striking composition and evocative storytelling, A Merchant of Tangiers is a timeless piece that transports viewers to a world of exotic splendor, making it a perfect addition to any collection that values historical charm and artistic excellence. Size of painting: 35.5" W x 25" H (90.2 cm x 63.5 cm); of frame: 43.5" W x 33" H (110.5 cm x 83.8 cm)

Gordon Coutts spent time in Morocco in the early 20th century, particularly in Tangiers, where he was captivated by the region's rich culture, architecture, and vibrant marketplaces. Immersing himself in the local scenery, he produced a series of striking Orientalist paintings that captured the exotic allure of North Africa. His works, characterized by masterful use of light, intricate details, and atmospheric compositions, garnered significant interest among collectors and art enthusiasts. The market for his North African paintings remains strong, as they embody a romanticized yet skillful depiction of Moroccan life, appealing to those who appreciate both historical and aesthetic value in Orientalist art.

About the artist: "He was born in the Old Machar district of Aberdeen, Scotland, to a father who gave him a sound trouncing when he was nine for skipping church services so he could complete a sketch. Gordon ran away to Glasgow, where he could study photography and drawing at the Glasgow School of Art, and it was in Glasgow that he met the Irish artist John Lavery, who became his friend and mentor.

In the late 1880s, Gordon followed his brother David to Australia, where they ran a business creating art miniatures in Melbourne. Gordon studied three years at the National Gallery of Victoria art school where he won Honorable Mention for his painting Too Late in the school's Traveling Artist Scholarship Competition in 1893.

At the National Gallery of Victoria, among his teachers was L. Bernard Hall, who would run the gallery and school for the next several decades. Gordon was also influenced by the Heidelberg School, with whom he exhibited. Frederick McCubbin, a principal Heidelberg artist, was a Master Instructor at the NGV and also a teacher of Gordon.

During the 1890s, Gordon earned his living with portrait commissions, including the Prime Minister of Victoria, before being appointed Instructor at the Government Art School in Sydney in 1896 where he taught painting until 1899. In 1902, Gordon set sail for San Francisco, where he married artist Alice Hobbs, who was a painter of miniatures, and of Indian children in the manner of Grace Hudson. They survived the 1906 earthquake and built a house/studio in Piedmont, across the bay.

Gordon was a member of the Bohemian Club in San Francisco and exhibited there regularly, as well as at Gump's and the Schussler Gallery, sometimes with Alice. They both illustrated covers for Sunset magazine, and Gordon also illustrated poems and short stories, while doing Marin County landscapes and portrait commissions. Around 1910, he and Alice started traveling abroad regularly. They maintained a studio in Paris, and visited various art colonies. Gordon was enrolled in the Academie Julian under Francois Flemeng and Adolphe Dechenaud, and had paintings accepted at the Paris salon, including Preparatifs pour le Bal des Quat'z-Arts. But in 1914, WWI obliged the couple to withdraw to the relative safety of their Piedmont home. But Gordon had left unfinished business on the Continent, as well as various paintings and belongings, and, despite the war, in 1916 he decided to return there. Alice declined to go along, and divorced him in 1917, retaining the Piedmont house. 1918 found Gordon in Pasadena, California, where he met Gertrude Russell, a music teacher. They married and spent the next several years living and painting in Spain, where daughter Jeane was born, and then in Morocco. During this time, annual trips to Britain were made to exhibit Gordon's Orientalist landscapes and portraits at the Royal Academy and other galleries. But living abroad was exhausting, and the family moved to Mexico where they spent a year near and around the capital. Gordon painted the local people, their cathedrals, and their street markets.

Gordon's bronchial troubles required attention, and in late 1925 the family moved to California. Discovering Palm Springs, and its healthful climate, they had a gallery/studio/home built there in the style of a North African villa they named 'Dar Morroc.' For the next several years the family used their new home as a base for painting excursions around California, the American Southwest, and Mexico. They even traveled as far as Australia in 1927 where Gordon had a retrospective exhibition.

For Gordon Coutts, as for many artists, the Great Depression brought about hard times. Though no longer traveling on account of his health, Gordon continued to paint, and daughter Mary was added to the family. But sales had completely disappeared. Exhibitions in Palm Springs, and at the famous Stendahl Galleries in Los Angeles, could spark little interest in his once popular art. Even a long visit by his good friend (the now Sir) John Lavery, for several winter weeks in 1936, could not revive his flagging health and in early 1937 he succumbed to heart failure at 71." (source: artist's website)

Provenance: private New York, New York, USA collection


Bull Normaview full entry
Reference: BULL, Norma; MASEFIELD, John. 
THE EXHIBITION OF PAINTINGS OF WARTIME BRITAIN. 
Exhibition pamphlet from the 1949 exhibition at the Melbourne Town Hall. With photograph of Bull from the Argus newspaper archives.
Publishing details: Thomas Urquhart, 1949, 8vo, unpaginated. A good, staplebound paperback copy
Ref: 1000
Clerehan Neilview full entry
Reference: THE ARCHITECTURE OF NEIL CLEREHAN. 
Monograph on a key figure of Australian modernism.
Publishing details: RMIT University Press, Melbourne, 2005, 8vo, 167pp. Black & white illustrations. A near fine hardback copy.
Ref: 1000
Scott Helena and Harrietview full entry
Reference: Historical Drawings of Native Flowers. by Scott, Harriet and Helena ; From the Collection of the Australian Museum.
Publishing details: Craftsman House Sydney 1988. Dust Jacket IHardcover large 4to, 136pp, 51 colour plates.
Ref: 1000
2006 Contemporary Commonwealthview full entry
Reference: 2006/Contemporary/Commonwealth, Edited byy Charles Green. Exhibition dates: Australian Centre for the Moving Image 24 February - 21 May 2006, The Ian Potter Centre: NGV Australia 24 February - 25 June 2006. With Bibliography.
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria, 2006, Paperback. Edition: 2006 ed. 143 pages.
Ref: 1000
Allport Curzona (Lily) 'A Midsummer's Night's Dream c1910view full entry
Reference: With Lauder & Howard Antiques August 2025:
'A Midsummer's Night's Dream'
Watercolour on silk c1910 by Curzona (Lily) Allport
Curzona Frances Louise (Lily) Allport A.R.E.,was born in Hobart in 1860, dying there in 1949. Initially tutored by her grandmother Mary Morton Allport, she produced substantial botanical studies with delicacy and elan. From 1888 she studied in London with Hubert Voss, also in Paris & Rome and worked in England at the height of the Art Nouveau period. Her portraits of women and children were elegant and refined, and travels in Europe produced watercolour landscape and garden scenes informed by the Pre-Raphaelites. Mastering the techniques of painting on silk, she created a series of fan-designs; in 1914 Spring Song was included in an exhibition by Charles Conder and Aubrey Beardsley,
'Modern fan painters' in London. A member of the Society of Painter-Etchers(London), she exhibited at the Paris Salon, the British Academy of Fine Arts, and in Rome London and Tasmania. Curzona returned to Tasmania for five years between 1922 and 1927, producing fine watercolour landscapes. She settled in Hobart at the age of 72 and set up a print studio.
Her work is represented in the Allport Library, Hobart and the Ballarat Fine Art Gallery.
Biblio: The Companion to Tasmanian History, St. Leger; McCulloch: Encylopedia of Australia Art; Bénézit: Dictionary of Painters
An Illustrated Catalogue of Tasmanian Mosses,view full entry
Reference: An Illustrated Catalogue of Tasmanian Mosses, Part s 1-5, by R.D. Seppelt S.J. Jarman L.H. Cave, illustrated by R; D. Seppelt.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Herbarium,
Ref: 1000
Seppelt R D illustrated byview full entry
Reference: see An Illustrated Catalogue of Tasmanian Mosses, Part s 1-5, by R.D. Seppelt S.J. Jarman L.H. Cave, illustrated by R; D. Seppelt.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Herbarium,
Twistview full entry
Reference: Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Ref: 1000
Arnold Raymond view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Croome Rodney view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Berg Christl
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Brassington Pat

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Browne Michelle

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Giles Keith
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Folland Nicholas Charles

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Gough Julie

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Hall Fiona

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Halpin Ursula

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Johnston Sandra

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Kneebone Sue

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Maynard Ricky

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Meijers Mish & Tricky Walsh

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Walsh Tricky & Mish Meijers

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Milojevic Milan

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Ozilins Brigita

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Pryer Effie

view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Scarce Yhonnie
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Scott Mary
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Sloane Tom
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Swann Heather B.
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Thorpe Dominic
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Zika Paul
view full entry
Reference: see Twist, ARTWORKS & ARTEFACTS, exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart\, 9 June - 22 October 2023. Curator:Dr Mary Knights, Senior Curator of Art, TMAG.exhibition at Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, "This exhibition brings together artwork by exceptional Australian and Irish artists to engage with Dickensian themes – with a contemporary and quirky twist." --Cover verso.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2023, 100 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Waite Alanview full entry
Reference: ALLAN WAITE - PAINTINGS FROM THE STUDIO II, 4 SEPTEMBER, 2025. Lawsons Auctions. 120 lots.
Richmond Oliffe TMAG exhibition 2025view full entry
Reference: Oliffe Richmond, Opens 23-05-2025,  closes 12-10-2025.
Oliffe Richmond (1919–1977) was a Tasmanian-born artist who built a distinguished career in Britain as a sculptor and educator. After studying at Hobart Technical College, he served with the Royal Australian Engineers during World War II before winning a New South Wales Travelling Scholarship in 1948. This led him to Europe, where he worked as an assistant to Henry Moore and later succeeded him as a sculpture teacher at Chelsea School of Art. Richmond’s sculptures are held in major national and international collections, reflecting his mastery of form and structure.
The Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery holds a significant collection of Richmond’s works on paper, including early pieces from the 1940s gifted by friends Harry Buckie and his daughter Joan, as well as later sketchbooks from the 1950s and ’60s acquired through the Cecily McKinley Bequest. These drawings reveal the evolution of his artistic practice—from early, confident explorations of form, to later studies that reflect his mature sculptural sensibilities. Following a 1989 exhibition that first highlighted this lesser-known aspect of his work, this new selection further explores Richmond’s artistic journey, showcasing both his early and later drawings.
Publishing details: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 2025 [no catalogue published].
Ref: 1000
Robinson William 1936 - 2025 obituaryview full entry
Reference: from the Australian Galleries 31.8.25:Vale William Robinson. The Australian art world has lost a giant in the peaceful passing of William Robinson last night in his 90th year (1936 - 2025). Our hearts and thoughts are with the Robinson family.
We feel particularly privileged to have been exhibiting the work of William Robinson since 2001. His exhibitions with our gallery in both Melbourne and Sydney, 22 in total, have been major highlights. William’s total devotion and love of the landscape and its creatures, his splendid painting ability, his remarkable intelligence have produced Australian icons of such importance.
I feel an extraordinary sense of fortune that I have had much to do with such a man of artistic importance and a huge contributor to our country’s cultural wellbeing. A no-nonsense man with a highly tuned sense of wit. His letters, conversations, and of course paintings, drawings, prints, and sculptures, have left our lives very much richer with his interpretation of the land in its highest sense of spirit. His time on a farm showed us how much he enjoyed the quirkiness of animals, of chooks, goats and cows, depicting them with much humour and character, showing them with the honour of their Godlike right to be as much a part of earth’s makeup as ourselves.
I cherish my visits to Bill’s various studios around Australia and loved our telephone calls, sometimes lasting hours and hanging up each time thinking how is it possible that so much wisdom can be stored and shared by one person.
It has been my lifelong thought that artists should be listened to above all else and William Robinson was a man of outstanding care and human insight, peace on earth if you like, and there is no better example for why artists should be listened to for the betterment of mankind and its future. All his artwork contains this fine quality.
Stuart Purves AM, National Director
Power John Wardellview full entry
Reference: J.W. Power: Art, war and the avant-garde, The first comprehensive survey of J.W. Power’s art, Australia’s leading avant-gardist of the inter-war years. The Sydney-born painter J.W. Power is Australia's most accomplished artist of the inter-war years. In London and Paris in the 1920s and '30s, his unique blend of cubism, surrealism and abstraction found an audience in the heart of the avant-garde.
In the first comprehensive survey of his work, this exhibition chronologically follows Power's development through portraiture, landscape, figures, still-life and abstraction.
John Wardell Power (1881- 1943) is Australia’s avant-garde artist of the inter-war years. Born in 1881 into a prominent Irish-Catholic family, he studied medicine at the University of Sydney and in 1906, left for Europe. During the First World War, Power served as a surgeon with the Royal Army Medical Corps in Dublin. After the war, he abandoned medicine to study art with Fernand Léger, adopting the professional name of J.W. Power.
In London and Paris in the 1920s and ‘30s, his unique blend of cubism, surrealism and abstraction found an audience in the heart of the avantgarde. He was a founding member of Abstraction-Création, the remarkable collective of abstract artists. The champion of Cubism, Daniel-Henry Kahnweiler said, “We all knew Power, but we knew him as an artist, we did not know him as a rich man or a surgeon”.
Publishing details: Chau Chak Wing Museum, 2025, [catalogue details to bve entered]
Ref: 1009
Over the sea : stories of two worldsview full entry
Reference: Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Ref: 1000
Johnstone H J view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Hughes T J view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Carrick R view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Harding Emily J view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Walker Marcella view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Wall A W view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Guillaume Charles engravings by view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
Wall A W engravings by view full entry
Reference: see Over the sea : stories of two worlds, By Mrs. Campbell Praed, Countess De la Warr, “Tasma,” Frederick E. Weatherly, Mrs. Patchett Martin, Hume Nisbet, Miss M. Senior Clark, H.B. Marriott Watson ; edited by A. Patchett Martin ; illustrated in colour by H.J. Johnstone, T.J. Hughes, R. Carrick ; and in black and white by Emily J. Harding, Marcella Walker, A.W. Wall ; engravings by Ch. Guillaume & Co. London and Sydney
Publishing details: Griffith Farran Okeden & Welsh, [1891]. Quarto, pictorial glazed boards with cloth spine, patterned endpapers, pp. 48, eight fine chromolithograph plates, text vignettes,
SELENITSCH Alexview full entry
Reference: Four 4-colour books, 2008 – 2015.
Four volumes, presented as a set, each with sculpted black card covers, hand stitched, title leaf and colophon, eight leaves of cut or torn coloured paper, 21x21cms when closed. Created in an edition of 32 examples, this is number 27, each book hand numbered.
The four titles are :
1 4 x ½ A3 2008
2 4 x ½ A3 on an incline 2008
3 4 x ½ A3 sinusoidal 2014
4 4 x ½ A3 horizontal tear 2015
‘Each book presents a colour narrative : four pastel ‘primaries’ making colour tableaux, introduced and closed off by black and white covers. The book size is based on a double square that can be cut out of an A3 sheet, folded to make a square page format. The colour pages are assembled from A3 sheets which have been halved : accurately in two cases (straight line orthogonal and straight line incline) or approximately (sinusoidal and horizontal tear).  The cut-outs on the cover hint at the kind of division or halving that the coloured sheets have been subjected to. Both halves are used in the edition of each book, so that each edition of 32 copies with 4 folded sheets (giving 16 pages) uses 64 sheet. For the approximate cuts (sinusoidal and horizontal tear), there is some variation inside the edition.’ – the artist.
An inventive and sculptural set of book works by the noted Melbourne poet, architect and artist.

Publishing details: Melbourne : the artist, 2008 – 2015.
Ref: 1000
Pule Johnview full entry
Reference: Hauaga : the art of John Pule. Nicholas Thomaqs (editor).
“John Pule is one of the most significant artists living and working in New Zealand today. From the mid-1990s his powerful, enigmatic and personal paintings attracted great interest, and his work came to be widely shown. Famously inspired by hiapo, the innovative barkcloths of nineteenth-century Niue, Pule has been fascinated by the Polynesian past and present, but his work ranges far more widely, responding both to ancestral culture, and to the global terror and violence of our time. This is the first book to deal with John Pule’s art. It ranges over his drawing, print-making and writing – he is the author of two novels and several volumes of poetry – as well as his painting. Essays by Gregory O’Brien, Peter Brunt, and Nicholas Thomas provide several routes into Pule’s engaging and compelling works, considering his formation as a writer and artist, his meditations on life and loss, and the extraordinary architecture of his visual art. John Pule speaks himself, through an extended interview, and in a series of extracts from his poetry and prose. Published to coincide with the first major survey exhibition of John Pule’s work, curated by the City Gallery Wellington, Hauaga provides an indispensable guide to the work of one of the most powerful and original artists of the new Oceania.” – the publisher

Publishing details: Dunedin, N.Z. : Otago University Press in association with City Gallery Wellington, 2010. Quarto, boards in dustjacket, pp. 184, illustrated.

Ref: 1000
Collageview full entry
Reference: Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.

Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
Ref: 1000
Ball Sydney , view full entry
Reference: see Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.
Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
Christofides Andrewview full entry
Reference: see Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.
Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
Jacks Robert view full entry
Reference: see Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.
Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
Johnson George view full entry
Reference: see Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.
Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
King Ingeview full entry
Reference: see Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.
Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
AMitelman llan . view full entry
Reference: see Collage, introduction by Jenny Zimmer.
A book of papiers collés by Sydney Ball, Andrew Christofides, Robert Jacks, George Johnson, Inge King, Allan Mitelman.Six folding sections printed with the artist’s name and a quote from either The Harafish or Echoes of an autobiography written by Naguib Mahfouz, each containing an original paper collage by the artist, signed and numbered. Limited to 50 copies signed by Jenny Zimmer. A rare and beautiful artist’s book, including a series of original signed artworks.
Publishing details: Melbourne, enny Zimmer, 1999. Quarto, folding clamshell box with lettered papered boards, containing the folio, printed wrappers, unpaginated, printed by Larry Rawling in folding sections,
Power John Wardellview full entry
Reference: see Portrait of an artist as an ex-war surgeon, by Ann Stephen,

Publishing details:
History of Education Review (Emerald Group Publishing Limited). Published 1 July, 2016
Power John Wardellview full entry
Reference: J.W. Power: An Australian Avant-gardist, by Ann Stephen, A.D.S. Donaldson.
J. W. Power was Australia's most accomplished interwar avant-garde artist. This first monograph of Power's remarkable nomadic career follows a journey from Australia to Britain, and then around the world. Sydney-born painter John Joseph Wardell Power, better known as J. W. Power, was Australia's most accomplished artist of the interwar years. In London and Paris in the 1920s and 1930s, Power's unique blend of cubism, surrealism and abstraction found an audience in the heart of the avant-garde. Today, he is chiefly remembered as a benefactor whose extraordinary gifts led to the founding of the Power Institute at the University of Sydney in 1968 and the establishment of the Museum of Contemporary Art in 1991. This monograph, accompanying the J.W. Power: Art, War and the Avant-garde exhibition at the University of Sydney's Chau Chak Wing Museum, reveals his singular role in Australian art in the 20th century.
Publishing details: National Library of Australia, 2025,
Ref: 1009
Art Training Instituteview full entry
Reference: Art Ability Tests Book. Art Training Institute, Australia's Foremost School of Commercial Art, est. 1919.
Publishing details: Art Training Institute, Softcover (21 x 14cm), with many illustrations (colour, b&w),
Ref: 1000
nude in Australian artview full entry
Reference: see Slow Reveal - The Nude in Australian Art, by Paul McGillick. Includes bibliography.
Hardly mentioned in standard histories of Australian art, the nude is like an unwanted guest, somehow slightly embarrassing. After a tentative entrance in Hobart in the 1840s, it disappeared until the 1870s. Why was this? When it did finally emerge, how did it compare to its European origins? Is there something unique in this antipodean version, linking it to the tanned and scantily clad denizens of Australia's famous sandy beaches? This book reveals the fascinating variety to the nude in Australian art up to the present day – in painting, sculpture, printmaking and photography – and highlights the central role played by female artists. It is a fresh view of Australian art through the lens of the nude and suggesting new ways of looking at art generally. AUTHOR: Dr Paul McGillick has had a long and varied career embracing academe, radio and television, the visual arts, and architecture and design publishing. He was chief performing and visual arts critic for The Australian Financial Review for many years and a producer/presenter in arts television for SBSTV and ABCTV. He is the author of 18 previous books on art and architecture.
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Art Press, 2024, hardcover, 240pp, with index.
Galovic Michael view full entry
Reference: Sailing Back to Byzan um: Art of Michael Galovic,


Publishing details: Yarra and Hunter Arts Press, 2024.
Ref: 1000
Myers Vakiview full entry
Reference: Vali Myers - Dream Within a Dream
Publishing details: Yarra & Hunter Arts Press;, 2024
Ref: 1000
Honisett Rayview full entry
Reference: Ray Honisett, An Illustrated Life by Gavin Fry. he first comprehensive study of the life and work of Ray Honisett [1931-2019], one of the most significant illustrators of his generation and the doyen of Australian aviation art.
Publishing details: Gavin Fry Books (?), 164 pages, softcover
Ref: 1000
Wade Maxineview full entry
Reference: Watercolour Warfare by Maxine Wade
The fight to conquer watercolour painting. A culmination of Maxine’s 43 years of teaching, this book is suitable for all skill levels of the practice of watercolour painting, whether a beginner or a more experienced watercolourist. It has a particular emphasis on the avoidance of the danger zones using this medium, through a deeper understanding of the inherent nature of the paint, and the critical use of water. With concise and simple text, this book assists you to plan your ‘battle’ ahead, with the right ’weapons’ in your hand - to sidestep a problem, to avoid a failed attempt. Advice is given on aesthetic choices, whilst understanding and evaluating your progress. Not a “how to paint watercolours” book – more a “how to succeed in watercolour painting” book. 
Publishing details: Gavin Fry Books (?)
Ref: 1000
Wilson William Hardyview full entry
Reference: GRECIAN AND CHINESE ARCHITECTURE. By William Hardy Wilson. Wilson perceived a Chinese influence in the circular forms and strongly horizontal lines of many Colonial buildings.
Publishing details: Melb. Green Press. 1937. Folio. Quarter vellum &
decorated boards. unpag. 50 tipped-in plates. One of 100 signed, numbered
copies.
Ref: 1000
Bishop Sandyview full entry
Reference: MANLY-WARRINGAH SKETCHBOOK, by MACDOUGALL, Tony. & BISHOP, Sandy. Drawings by Sandy Bishop. Text by
Tony Macdougall. The
areas of Many & Warringah together form the most scenically beautiful
residential area of Sydney, with many stunning beaches & historic buildings. An artist & a local historian present its treasures
Publishing details: Rigby. 1977. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 64pp. b/w
ills.
Ref: 1000
Winkler Ruby illustratiuons foir Homer’s Odyssey view full entry
Reference: see Potter & Potter Auctions Inc.
Chicago, IL, US
, 5.9.25, lot 116: WINCKLER, Ruby (1886-1974). Group of 23 Original Pen and Ink Drawings for a Proposed Illustrated Edition of Homer’s Odyssey. [Australia: 1916-1917]. This group is Winckler’s complete output for this proposed edition, which was never published. This group consists of 14 full-page drawings (all but three of which are signed by her) and 9 chapter heading illustrations (all matted with pencil captions, no signatures visible). The full-page drawings are on cardstock and are mounted onto illustration board (except for four which are unmounted). Full-page drawings are approximately 15 ¼ x 12 ½”. The chapter headings range from approximately 3 ¾ x 10” sight to approximately 5 ¾ x 10” sight; mat sizes generally 12 ½ x 17” or a bit smaller. Drawings are generally toned, soiled, some have tissue sheets affixed to them, some with editorial markings or white paint corrections. Generally, very good. All drawings are black and white. Winckler was an Australian artist and book illustrator, who spent several years in the United States working on various book commissions. Although individual artworks by her have appeared at auction over the years, a complete collection of artwork for a book (especially an unpublished edition) is exceedingly rare. From the collection of Louis A. Irmo. Measurements: 18”L x 14”W x 8”H.

Yolŋu power : the art of Yirrkalaview full entry
Reference: Yolŋu power : the art of Yirrkala. • Published in association with the exhibition Yolŋu power: the art of Yirrkala, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 21 June - 6 October 2025, presented in partnership with Buku-Larrŋgay Mulka Centre, Yirrkala, Northern Territory."--Colophon. Includes bibliographic references and index. [To be indexed].
"For almost 100 years artists at Yirrkala have shared art as a means of cultural diplomacy – as a respectful assertion of power in its diverse forms, from sovereignty to influence, authority and control, to energy, strength and pride. Yolŋu power: the art of Yirrkala showcases the extraordinary artists of Yirrkala in north-east Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, and the power of their art from the 1940s to the present. The exhibition considers the significant moments in Yirrkala’s history when artists have consciously altered their practice, developed new styles or embraced new mediums. In covering multiple generations, the exhibition highlights familial connections and cultural continuation. It also contextualises the work of individual artists within the broader school of artists from Yirrkala and surrounding Miwatj Country, whose contribution to both Australian and, increasingly, international art, is profound."--Publisher's summary.
Cultural sensitivity advisory notice:
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people are advised that "a number of people mentioned in writing or depicted in photographs in the following pages have passed away. All images and mentions have been reproduced with the express permission of the appropriate representatives and family members, where possible. The names used throughout are the most common and accepted names by which the artists are professionally known..."--Preliminary page.
ICIP notice:
This material contains Indigenous Cultural and Intellectual Property (ICIP) of Australian First Nations peoples. Restrictions on access, copying and publication of this material may apply. Contact the National Library of Australia for further information.
Full contents:
Director's foreword / Maud Page
Foreword / Binygurr Wirrpanda Chair, Buku-Larrŋgay Mulka Centre
This is the reality / Djambawa Marawili AM with Kade McDonald
Yolŋu power / Will Stubbs
• The art of gentle persuasion / Cara Pinchbeck
The art of Yirrkala
List of works
Notes
Select bibliography
cknowledgements
Contributors Minister's message
Credits.
Publishing details: Gadigal Country ; Sydney, NSW : Art Gallery of New South Wales,, 2025, 274 pages (some folded) : illustrations (chiefly colour), portraits (chiefly colour) ;
Yolnu power : the art of Yirrkala see Yolŋu Powerview full entry
Reference: see Yolŋu power : the art of Yirrkala. • Published in association with the exhibition Yolŋu power: the art of Yirrkala, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 21 June - 6 October 2025, presented in partnership with Buku-Larrŋgay Mulka Centre, Yirrkala, Northern Territory."--Colophon. Includes bibliographic references and index.
"For almost 100 years artists at Yirrkala have shared art as a means of cultural diplomacy – as a respectful assertion of power in its diverse forms, from sovereignty to influence, authority and control, to energy, strength and pride. Yolŋu power: the art of Yirrkala showcases the extraordinary artists of Yirrkala in north-east Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, and the power of their art from the 1940s to the present. The exhibition considers the significant moments in Yirrkala’s history when artists have consciously altered their practice, developed new styles or embraced new mediums. In covering multiple generations, the exhibition highlights familial connections and cultural continuation. It also contextualises the work of individual artists within the broader school of artists from Yirrkala and surrounding Miwatj Country, whose contribution to both Australian and, increasingly, international art, is profound."--Publisher's summary.
Cultural sensitivity advisory notice:
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people are advised that "a number of people mentioned in writing or depicted in photographs in the following pages have passed away. All images and mentions have been reproduced with the express permission of the appropriate representatives and family members, where possible. The names used throughout are the most common and accepted names by which the artists are professionally known..."--Preliminary page.
ICIP notice:
This material contains Indigenous Cultural and Intellectual Property (ICIP) of Australian First Nations peoples. Restrictions on access, copying and publication of this material may apply. Contact the National Library of Australia for further information.
Full contents:
Director's foreword / Maud Page
Foreword / Binygurr Wirrpanda Chair, Buku-Larrŋgay Mulka Centre
This is the reality / Djambawa Marawili AM with Kade McDonald
Yolŋu power / Will Stubbs
• The art of gentle persuasion / Cara Pinchbeck
The art of Yirrkala
List of works
Notes
Select bibliography
cknowledgements
Contributors Minister's message
Credits.
Publishing details: Gadigal Country ; Sydney, NSW : Art Gallery of New South Wales,, 2025, 274 pages (some folded) : illustrations (chiefly colour), portraits (chiefly colour) ;
Bishop Mervyn photographerview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, State Library of New South Wales magazine, Spring, 2025, article by Tim Bishop, son of Mervyn. p64-67.
Publishing details: State Library of New South Wales , Spring, 90pp2025, pb,
Melocco Brothersview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, State Library of New South Wales magazine, Spring, 2025, book review of ‘Painting with Stone: the story of the Melocco Brothers’, by Dr Zeny Edwards.
Publishing details: State Library of New South Wales , Spring, 90pp2025, pb,
Melocco Brothersview full entry
Reference: Painting with Stone: the story of the Melocco Brothers’, by Dr Zeny Edwards.
The work of Melocco Bros is embedded in the architecture of Australia. In mosaic, terrazzo, sgraffito, scagliola and many derivations of this ancient art, these exotic terms are presented in stunning images as the story unfolds about how three extraordinary brothers who migrated from a small village in Italy to Sydney made their mark in history, painting with stone.

In 1908, with nothing more than their talent and the indomitable desire to succeed, Peter, Antonio, and Galliano Melocco founded a business that would redefine their adopted city. Sydneysiders might have booked a train ticket amidst the mural frieze and terrazzo mosaic floor at Central Station or shopped at the marbled David Jones and Mark Foys. They may have transacted amidst the gleaming columns of the Commonwealth Bank at
Martin Place or the Bank of New South Wales in George Street. On the weekend, they might have marvelled at the magnificent Tasman Map in the entrance foyer of the Mitchell Library or silently contemplated the heroic exploits of the Anzacs in the Hall of Memory and at the Well of Contemplation at the Anzac Memorial in Hyde Park or been awed by the extraordinary mosaic and terrazzo crypt under St Mary’s Cathedral. In the evening,
they might have been entertained in the glorious picture palace of the State Theatre.

Speaking through the language of stone, each inanimate piece of their tesserae ‘earth’ enriched Australia’s architecture and elevated it from beyond architecture to the realm of art. Astonishingly, ninety per cent of the marble, scagliola, and terrazzo work in hundreds of Sydney’s public buildings up to the 1960s bear the handiwork of Melocco craftsmen. Despite the ubiquity of the Melocco Bros’ work, detailed acknowledgement of their achievements has been lacking until now. In Painting with Stone, architectural historian Zeny Edwards rectifies this gap and shows that these three brothers were masters of innovation and craftsmanship who have long deserved special recognition in Australia’s architectural history.
 
Publishing details: Longueville Media, 2025, hc, 224pp
Ref: 1000
Murcutt Glennview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, State Library of New South Wales magazine, Spring, 2025, ‘The Library that Made Me’, by Glkenn Morcutt, p50--53
Publishing details: State Library of New South Wales , Spring, 90pp2025, pb,
Hiscock Michelleview full entry
Reference: Michelle Hiscock, exhibition at Australian Galleries, 5-27 September 2025
Publishing details: ustralian Galleries, , 2025, 5pp, illustrard, with 2pp invite, with 3 illustrations [inserted in Landscape and Memory - Michelle Hiscock. Includes essay by Michelle Hiscock, ]
Nix Jonathan 1966-2023view full entry
Reference: Jonathan Nix, exhibition at Australian Galleries, 5-27 September 2025
Publishing details: ustralian Galleries, , 2025, 4pp
Ref: 145
Hipgrave Susanview full entry
Reference: Susan Hipgrave, exhibition at Australian Galleries, 5-27 September 2025
Publishing details: ustralian Galleries, , 2025, 6pp
Ref: 145
Dawson Janetview full entry
Reference: Janet Dawson: Far Away, So Close, Edited by Denise Mimmocchi, with essays by Jennifer Higgie, Denise Mimmocchi and Monique Leslie Watkins, and an archival text by Virginia Spate.

Janet Dawson: Far Away, So Close celebrates the work of Janet Dawson, a pioneer of abstraction and an artist with a distinct realist style. Born in Sydney in 1935, Dawson has moved between abstraction and figuration, formalism and realism over six decades. Consistent to her practice is her investigative vision: her art derives from an immense curiosity about material existence and states of the natural world.
The first major monograph on Dawson, this book features an essay by the curator Denise Mimmocchi, as well as new scholarship by Australian art critic Jennifer Higgie and assistant curator Monique Leslie Watkins. A selection of archival and more recent photographs intersperse the book, and an essay by Australian art historian Virginia Spate on Dawson’s first solo exhibition at Gallery A in 1961 is reproduced.
Published in association with a major retrospective at the Art Gallery of New South Wales in Sydney, Far Away, So Close (19 July 2025 – 18 January 2026) features over 80 artworks from 1953 to 2018, as well as archival and recent photographs.

Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2025, pb, 200pp
Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950sview full entry
Reference: Under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Modernismview full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Queensland artview full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Nolan Sidney p14 41 essay p162view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Barker Agnes p27 and essay p233view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Evergood Miles p30 and essay p105view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Dupain Max p35view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Leichney Vera p 6-7 36 108 120view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Olley Margaret essay p85view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Grant Gwendolyn and W G essay p88view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Quelhurst Betty essay p101 and p22-3view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Quelhurst Betty essay p101view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Bustard William essay p110view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Lahey Vida essay p115view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Simmonds Rose essay p123 etcview full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.
Crook-King F G and Max Dupain p133view full entry
Reference: see under a modern sun - art in Queensland 1930s-1950s., with essays by Samantha Littley and Peter Spearitt.
Under a Modern Sun: Art in Queensland 1930s-1950s celebrates a transformative period during which artists introduced new forms of expression to what was then a conservative state. Featuring more than 140 paintings, sculptures, photographs and works of decorative art from the Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art Collection, this publication showcases a vibrant era of artistic evolution when Queensland's creative landscape began to shift to accommodate fresh approaches. Highlights include artworks by renowned Queensland artists Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, Daphne Mayo, Margaret Olley and Joe Rootsey, among many others, as well as works by artists from interstate, such as Jon Molvig, Sidney Nolan and Charles Blackman, who travelled north and brought a modernist sensibility to Queensland audiences.

The Under a Modern Sun publication and exhibition of the same name underscore the important role that women artists, including Margaret Cilento, Gwendolyn Grant, Betty Quelhurst, Rose Simmonds and Kathleen Shillam played in fostering artistic practice in Queensland. While many artists chose to illuminate the natural features of Australia's most decentralised state, others focused on symbols of modernity and public infrastructure such as the building of the Grey Street Bridge.

This handsome publication features a curatorial essay by Samantha Littley, Curator, Australian Art, QAGOMA; a contemporary sociopolitical history of Queensland by Peter Spearritt, Emeritus Professor of History, University of Queensland, Brisbane; a list of further reading; and full-colour illustrations of all the artworks in the exhibition.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery, 2025, pb, 277pp.


First | Previous | Record 157001 – 158000 of 158205 | Next | Last